Sample of Khandhaka

Khandhaka.html

<article id="title-page">
  <h1 class="center">Theravāda Collection on Monastic Law</h1>
  <div class="center italic">A translation of the Pali Vinaya Piṭaka into English</div>
  <div class="center italic top-margin">by</div>
  <div class="center large top-margin">Bhikkhu Brahmali</div>
  <div class="center top-margin">2021 SuttaCentral</div>
  <div class="center">Read online at <a href="https://suttacentral.net/vinaya">SuttaCentral.com</a></div>
  <div class="center">Creative Commons Zero</div>
</article>
<article id="description-page">
  <h2>Translation Description</h2>
  <div>This is the first complete translation of the Vinaya Piṭaka in English. The aim has been to produce a translation that is easy to read, clear, and accurate, and also modern in vocabulary and style.</div>
  <h2>Translation Process</h2>
  <div>Translated from the Pali. Primary source was the Mahāsaṅgīti edition, with occasional reference of other Pali editions, especially the Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana edition and the Pali Text Society edition. I cross-checked with I.B. Horner’s English translation, “The Book of the Discipline”, as well Bhikkhu Ñāṇatusita’s “A Translation and Analysis of the Pātimokkha” and Ajahn Ṭhānissaro’s “Buddhist Monastic Code”.</div>
  <h2>License</h2>
  <div>
    Creative Commons Zero (<a href="https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/">CC0</a>). This translation is an expression of an ancient spiritual text that has been passed down by the Buddhist tradition for the benefit of all sentient beings. It is dedicated to the public domain via Creative Commons Zero (CC0). You are encouraged to copy, reproduce, adapt, alter, or otherwise make use of this translation. The translator respectfully requests that any use be in accordance with the values and principles of
    the Buddhist community.
  </div>
</article>
<article id="chapter1" class="sectionpage">
  <div class="title">
    <h1 title="Chapters on Legal Topics" class="chapter"><span class="pli-lang">Khandhaka:</span> <span class="eng-lang">Chapters on Legal Topics</span></h1>
  </div>
</article>
<article id="pli-tv-kd1" data-split="epub">
  <header>
    <ul>
      <li class="collection">
        <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Theravāda Collection on Monastic Law </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Theravāda Vinayapiṭaka </span></span>
      </li>
      <li class="division">
        <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Long Division </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mahāvagga </span></span>
      </li>
    </ul>
    <h1 class="sutta-title">
      <span class="segment-pair"
        ><span class="eng-lang segment">The long chapter </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="sutta-number">1</span> Mahākhandhaka: </span></span
      >
    </h1>
  </header>
  <h2>
    <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">1. The account with the Bodhi tree </span><span class="pli-lang segment">1. Bodhikathā </span></span>
  </h2>
  <p class="namo">
    <span class="segment-pair"
      ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_1</span>Homage to the Buddha, the Perfected One, the fully Awakened One </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_1</span>Namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa. </span></span
    >
  </p>
  <section class="suttanta">
    <p>
      <span class="segment-pair"
        ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_2</span>Soon after his awakening, the Buddha was staying at Uruvelā on the bank of the river Nerañjara at the foot of a Bodhi tree. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_2</span>Tena samayena buddho bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. </span></span
      ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">There the Buddha sat cross-legged for seven days without moving, experiencing the bliss of freedom. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā bodhirukkhamūle sattāhaṁ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṁvedī. </span></span
      ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, in the first part of the night, the Buddha reflected on dependent origination in forward and reverse order: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paṭhamaṁ yāmaṁ paṭiccasamuppādaṁ anulomapaṭilomaṁ manasākāsi—</span></span>
    </p>
    <p>
      <span class="segment-pair"
        ><span class="eng-lang segment"
          ><span class="reference">ms3V_3</span>“Ignorance is the condition for intentional activities; intentional activities are the condition for consciousness; consciousness is the condition for name and form; name and form are the condition for the six sense spheres; the six sense spheres are the condition for contact; contact is the condition for feeling; feeling is the condition for craving; craving is the condition for grasping; grasping is the condition for existence; existence is the condition for birth;
          birth is the condition for old age and death, for grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress to come to be. </span
        ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_3</span>“Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṁ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṁ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. </span></span
      ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is how there is the origin of this whole mass of suffering. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. </span></span>
    </p>
    <p>
      <span class="segment-pair"
        ><span class="eng-lang segment"
          ><span class="reference">ms3V_4</span>But with the complete fading away and end of ignorance comes the end of intentional activities; with the end of intentional activities comes the end of consciousness; with the end of consciousness comes the end of name and form; with the end of name and form comes the end of the six sense spheres; with the end of the six sense spheres comes the end of contact; with the end of contact comes the end of feeling; with the end of feeling comes the end of craving; with the
          end of craving comes the end of grasping; with the end of grasping comes the end of existence; with the end of existence comes the end of birth; with the end of birth comes the end of old age and death, and the end of sorrow, lamentation, pain, displeasure, and distress. </span
        ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_4</span>Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. </span></span
      ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is how there is the end of this whole mass of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī”ti. </span></span>
    </p>
    <p>
      <span class="segment-pair"
        ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_5</span>Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_5</span>Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—</span></span
      >
    </p>
    <p class="verse">
      <span class="segment-pair"
        ><span class="eng-verse segment"
          ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_6</span>“When things become clear </span><span class="eng-lang">To the energetic brahmin who practices absorption, </span><span class="eng-lang">Then all his doubts are dispelled, </span><span class="eng-lang">Since he understands the natural order and its conditions.” </span></span
        ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:1.3.2">“Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:1.3.3">Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:1.3.4">Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:1.3.5">Yato pajānāti sahetudhamman”ti. </span></span></span
      >
    </p>
    <section class="suttanta">
      <p>
        <span class="segment-pair"
          ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_7</span>In the middle part of the night, the Buddha again reflected on dependent origination in forward and reverse order: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_7</span>Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā majjhimaṁ yāmaṁ paṭiccasamuppādaṁ anulomapaṭilomaṁ manasākāsi—</span></span
        >
      </p>
      <p>
        <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Ignorance is the condition for intentional activities; intentional activities are the condition for consciousness; consciousness is the condition for name and form … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ …pe… </span></span
        ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is how there is the origin of this whole mass of suffering. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is how there is the end of this whole mass of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">nirodho hotī”ti. </span></span>
      </p>
      <p>
        <span class="segment-pair"
          ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_8</span>Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_8</span>Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—</span></span
        >
      </p>
      <p class="verse">
        <span class="segment-pair"
          ><span class="eng-verse segment"
            ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_9</span>“When things become clear </span><span class="eng-lang">To the energetic brahmin who practices absorption, </span><span class="eng-lang">Then all his doubts are dispelled, </span><span class="eng-lang">Since he’s understood the end of the conditions.” </span></span
          ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:1.5.2">“Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:1.5.3">Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:1.5.4">Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:1.5.5">Yato khayaṁ paccayānaṁ avedī”ti. </span></span></span
        >
      </p>
      <section class="suttanta">
        <p>
          <span class="segment-pair"
            ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_10</span>In the last part of the night, the Buddha again reflected on dependent origination in forward and reverse order: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_10</span>Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā pacchimaṁ yāmaṁ paṭiccasamuppādaṁ anulomapaṭilomaṁ manasākāsi—</span></span
          >
        </p>
        <p>
          <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Ignorance is the condition for intentional activities; intentional activities are the condition for consciousness; consciousness is the condition for name and form … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṁ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṁ …pe… </span></span
          ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is how there is the origin of this whole mass of suffering. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is how there is the end of this whole mass of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">nirodho hotī”ti. </span></span>
        </p>
        <p>
          <span class="segment-pair"
            ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_11</span>Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_11</span>Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—</span></span
          >
        </p>
        <p class="verse">
          <span class="segment-pair"
            ><span class="eng-verse segment"
              ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_12</span>“When things become clear </span><span class="eng-lang">To the energetic brahmin who practices absorption, </span><span class="eng-lang">He defeats the army of the Lord of Death, </span><span class="eng-lang">Like the sun beaming in the sky.” </span></span
            ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:1.7.2">“Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:1.7.3">Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:1.7.4">Vidhūpayaṁ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:1.7.5">Sūriyova obhāsayamantalikkhan”ti. </span></span></span
          >
        </p>
        <p class="end">
          <span class="segment-pair"
            ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_13</span>The account with the Bodhi tree is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_13</span>Bodhikathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
          >
        </p>
        <h2>
          <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">2. The account with the goatherd’s banyan tree </span><span class="pli-lang segment">2. Ajapālakathā </span></span>
        </h2>
        <section class="suttanta">
          <p>
            <span class="segment-pair"
              ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_14</span>After seven days, the Buddha came out from that stillness and went from the Bodhi tree to a goatherd’s banyan tree. There too he sat cross-legged for seven days without moving, experiencing the bliss of freedom. </span
              ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_14</span>Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā bodhirukkhamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ajapālanigrodhamūle sattāhaṁ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṁvedī. </span></span
            >
          </p>
          <p>
            <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then a conceited brahmin went up to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho aññataro huṁhuṅkajātiko brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">exchanged pleasantries with him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. </span></span
            ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
            ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Good Gotama, how is one a brahmin? What are the qualities that make one a brahmin?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo hoti, katame ca pana brāhmaṇakaraṇā dhammā”ti? </span></span>
          </p>
          <p>
            <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—</span></span>
          </p>
          <p class="verse">
            <span class="segment-pair"
              ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_15</span>“The brahmin who has shut out bad qualities, </span><span class="eng-lang">Who is humble, free from flaws, and self-controlled, </span><span class="eng-lang">Who has reached final knowledge and has fulfilled the spiritual life—</span><span class="eng-lang">He may rightly proclaim himself a brahmin, </span><span class="eng-lang">Having no conceit about anything in the world.” </span></span
              ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:2.3.2">“Yo brāhmaṇo bāhitapāpadhammo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:2.3.3">Nihuṁhuṅko nikkasāvo yatatto; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:2.3.4">Vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:2.3.5">Dhammena so brahmavādaṁ vadeyya; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:2.3.6">Yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loke”ti. </span></span></span
            >
          </p>
          <p class="end">
            <span class="segment-pair"
              ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_16</span>The account with the goatherd’s banyan tree is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_16</span>Ajapālakathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
            >
          </p>
          <h2>
            <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">3. The account with the powderpuff tree </span><span class="pli-lang segment">3. Mucalindakathā </span></span>
          </h2>
          <section class="suttanta">
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_17</span>After seven days, the Buddha came out from that stillness and went from the goatherd’s banyan tree to a powderpuff tree. There too he sat cross-legged for seven days without moving, experiencing the bliss of freedom. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_17</span>Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā ajapālanigrodhamūlā yena mucalindo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā mucalindamūle sattāhaṁ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṁvedī. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Just then an unseasonal storm was approaching, bringing seven days of rain, cold winds, and clouds. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho udapādi, sattāhavaddalikā sītavātaduddinī. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Mucalinda, the dragon king, came out from his abode. He encircled the body of the Buddha with seven coils and spread his large hood over his head, thinking, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sakabhavanā nikkhamitvā bhagavato kāyaṁ sattakkhattuṁ bhogehi parikkhipitvā uparimuddhani mahantaṁ phaṇaṁ karitvā aṭṭhāsi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“May the Buddha not be hot or cold, nor be bothered by horseflies or mosquitoes, by the wind or the burning sun, or by creeping animals or insects.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mā bhagavantaṁ sītaṁ, mā bhagavantaṁ uṇhaṁ, mā bhagavantaṁ ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphasso”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">After seven days, when he knew the sky was clear, Mucalinda unraveled his coils from the Buddha’s body and transformed himself into a young brahmin. He then stood in front of the Buddha, raising his joined palms in veneration. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sattāhassa accayena viddhaṁ vigatavalāhakaṁ devaṁ viditvā bhagavato kāyā bhoge viniveṭhetvā sakavaṇṇaṁ paṭisaṁharitvā māṇavakavaṇṇaṁ abhinimminitvā bhagavato purato aṭṭhāsi pañjaliko bhagavantaṁ namassamāno. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Seeing the significance of this, the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang">“Seclusion is bliss for the contented </span><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_18</span>Who sees the Teaching that they have learned. </span><span class="eng-lang">Kindness to the world is happiness, </span><span class="eng-lang">For one who’s harmless to living beings. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:3.4.1">“Sukho viveko tuṭṭhassa, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:3.4.2">sutadhammassa passato; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:3.4.3">Abyāpajjaṁ sukhaṁ loke, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:3.4.4">pāṇabhūtesu saṁyamo. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang">Dispassion for the world is happiness, </span><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_19</span>For one who overcomes sensuality. </span><span class="eng-lang">But removing the conceit ‘I am’, </span><span class="eng-lang">This, indeed, is the highest bliss.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:3.4.5">Sukhā virāgatā loke, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:3.4.6">kāmānaṁ samatikkamo; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:3.4.7">Asmimānassa yo vinayo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:3.4.8">etaṁ ve paramaṁ sukhan”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The account with the powderpuff tree is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mucalindakathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_20</span>4. The account with the ape-flower tree </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_20</span>4. Rājāyatanakathā </span></span
              >
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_21</span>After seven days, the Buddha came out from that stillness and went from the powderpuff tree to an ape-flower tree. There too he sat cross-legged for seven days without moving, experiencing the bliss of freedom. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_21</span>Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā mucalindamūlā yena rājāyatanaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā rājāyatanamūle sattāhaṁ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṁvedī. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Just then the merchants Tapussa and Bhallika were traveling from Ukkalā to that area. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena tapussa bhallikā vāṇijā ukkalā taṁ desaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then a god who was a former relative of theirs said to them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tapussabhallikānaṁ vāṇijānaṁ ñātisālohitā devatā tapussabhallike vāṇije etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sirs, a Buddha who has just attained awakening is staying at the foot of an ape-flower tree. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ayaṁ, mārisā, bhagavā rājāyatanamūle viharati paṭhamābhisambuddho; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Go to that Buddha and offer him baked goods and honey. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">gacchatha taṁ bhagavantaṁ manthena ca madhupiṇḍikāya ca patimānetha; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That will be for your benefit and happiness for a long time.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">taṁ vo bhavissati dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_22</span>And they took baked goods and honey and went to the Buddha. They bowed down </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_22</span>Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, please accept the baked goods and honey from us. That will be for our benefit and happiness for a long time.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“paṭiggaṇhātu no, bhante, bhagavā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, yaṁ amhākaṁ assa dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Buddhas don’t receive with their hands. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na kho tathāgatā hatthesu paṭiggaṇhanti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">In what should I receive the baked goods and honey?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṭiggaṇheyyaṁ manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, reading the mind of the Buddha, the four great kings offered him four crystal bowls from the four directions, saying, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya catuddisā cattāro selamaye patte bhagavato upanāmesuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Here, Sir, please receive the baked goods and honey in these.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idha, bhante, bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After receiving the baked goods and honey in one of the valuable crystal bowls, the Buddha ate them. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Paṭiggahesi bhagavā paccagghe selamaye patte manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, paṭiggahetvā paribhuñji. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_23</span>When Tapussa and Bhallika knew that the Buddha had finished his meal, they bowed down with their head at his feet, and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_23</span>Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ viditvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, we go for refuge to the Buddha and the Teaching. Please accept us as lay followers who have gone for refuge for life.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ete mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca, upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṁ gate”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">By means of the double refuge, they became the first lay followers in the world. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te ca loke paṭhamaṁ upāsakā ahesuṁ dvevācikā. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_24</span>The account with the ape-flower tree is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_24</span>Rājāyatanakathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">5. The account of the supreme being’s request </span><span class="pli-lang segment">5. Brahmayācanakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <section class="suttanta">
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_25</span>After seven days, the Buddha came out from that stillness and went from the ape-flower tree to a goatherd’s banyan tree, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_25</span>Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā rājāyatanamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and he stayed there. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā ajapālanigrodhamūle viharati. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, while reflecting in private, the Buddha thought this: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—</span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I have discovered this profound truth, so hard to see, so hard to comprehend. It’s peaceful and sublime, subtle, beyond the intellect, and knowable only to the wise. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“adhigato kho myāyaṁ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But human beings delight in holding on, find pleasure in holding on, rejoice in holding on, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṁ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and because of that it’s hard for them to see causal relationships, dependent origination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṁ idaṁ ṭhānaṁ yadidaṁ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This too is very hard for them to see: the stilling of all intentional activities, the giving up of all ownership, the stopping of craving, fading away, ending, extinguishment. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">idampi kho ṭhānaṁ sududdasaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If I were to teach this truth, others would not understand, and that would be wearying and troublesome for me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṁ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And spontaneously, these verses never heard before occurred to the Buddha: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Apissu bhagavantaṁ imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṁsu pubbe assutapubbā—</span></span>
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_26</span>“What I’ve discovered with difficulty, </span><span class="eng-lang">There’s no point in making it known. </span><span class="eng-lang">For those overcome by sensual desire and ill will, </span><span class="eng-lang">This truth is hard to understand. </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.3.2">“Kicchena me adhigataṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.3.3">halaṁ dāni pakāsituṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.3.4">Rāgadosaparetehi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.3.5">nāyaṁ dhammo susambudho. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_27</span>Those who are excited by sensual desire, </span><span class="eng-lang">Obstructed by a mass of darkness, </span><span class="eng-lang">Won’t see what goes against the stream, </span><span class="eng-lang">What’s subtle and refined, profound and hard to see.” </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.3.6">Paṭisotagāmiṁ nipuṇaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.3.7">gambhīraṁ duddasaṁ aṇuṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.3.8">Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.3.9">tamokhandhena āvuṭā”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_28</span>When the Buddha reflected like this, he inclined to inactivity, not to teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_28</span>Itiha bhagavato paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāya. </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_29</span>Just then the supreme being Sahampati read the mind of the Buddha. He thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_29</span>Atha kho brahmuno sahampatissa bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya etadahosi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The world is lost; it’s perished!—for the Buddha, perfected and fully awakened, inclines to inaction, not to teaching.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāyā”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, just as a strong man might bend or stretch his arm, Sahampati disappeared from the world of supreme beings and appeared in front of the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho brahmā sahampati—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, placed his right knee on the ground, raised his joined palms, and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dakkhiṇajāṇumaṇḍalaṁ pathaviyaṁ nihantvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Please teach, Venerable Sir, please teach! </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṁ, desetu sugato dhammaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">There are beings with little dust in their eyes who are ruined because of not hearing the Teaching. There will be those who understand.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is what Sahampati said, and he added: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṁ vatvāna athāparaṁ etadavoca—</span></span>
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_30</span>“Earlier, among the Magadhans, </span><span class="eng-lang">An impure teaching appeared, conceived by defiled people. </span><span class="eng-lang">Open this door to the deathless! </span><span class="eng-lang">Let them hear the Teaching, discovered by the Pure One. </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.2">“Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.3">Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.4">Apāpuretaṁ amatassa dvāraṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.5">Suṇantu dhammaṁ vimalenānubuddhaṁ. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_31</span>Just as one standing on a rocky mountain top </span><span class="eng-lang">Would see the people all around, </span><span class="eng-lang">Just so, All-seeing Wise One, </span><span class="eng-lang">Ascend the temple of the Truth. </span><span class="eng-lang">Being rid of sorrow, look upon the people, </span><span class="eng-lang">Sunk in grief, overcome by birth and old age. </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"
                    ><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.6">Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.7">Yathāpi passe janataṁ samantato; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.8">Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.9">Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.10">Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, </span
                    ><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.11">Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṁ. </span></span
                  ></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_32</span>Stand up, Victorious Hero! </span><span class="eng-lang">Leader of travelers, wander the world without obligation. </span><span class="eng-lang">Sir, proclaim the Teaching; </span><span class="eng-lang">There will be those who understand.” </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.12">Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.13">Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.14">Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.7.15">Aññātāro bhavissantī”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_33</span>Twice the Buddha repeated to Sahampati what he had thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_33</span>Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā brahmānaṁ sahampatiṁ etadavoca—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘adhigato kho myāyaṁ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṁ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṁ idaṁ ṭhānaṁ yadidaṁ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">idampi kho ṭhānaṁ sududdasaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṁ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Apissu maṁ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṁsu pubbe assutapubbā—</span></span>
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.8.9">‘Kicchena me adhigataṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.8.10">halaṁ dāni pakāsituṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.8.11">Rāgadosaparetehi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.8.12">nāyaṁ dhammo susambudho. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.8.13">Paṭisotagāmiṁ nipuṇaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.8.14">gambhīraṁ duddasaṁ aṇuṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.8.15">Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.8.16">tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_36</span>Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati no dhammadesanāyā”ti. </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_37</span>and on both occasions Sahampati repeated his request. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_37</span>Dutiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṁ, desetu sugato dhammaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṁ vatvāna athāparaṁ etadavoca—</span></span>
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.5">“Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.6">Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.7">Apāpuretaṁ amatassa dvāraṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.8">Suṇantu dhammaṁ vimalenānubuddhaṁ. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"
                    ><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.9">Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.10">Yathāpi passe janataṁ samantato; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.11">Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.12">Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.13">Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, </span
                    ><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.14">Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṁ. </span></span
                  ></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.15">Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.16">Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.17">Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.18">Aññātāro bhavissantī”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_41</span>Dutiyampi kho bhagavā brahmānaṁ sahampatiṁ etadavoca—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘adhigato kho myāyaṁ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṁ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṁ idaṁ ṭhānaṁ yadidaṁ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">idampi kho ṭhānaṁ sududdasaṁ yadidaṁ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṁ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Apissu maṁ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṁsu pubbe assutapubbā—</span></span>
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.27">‘Kicchena me adhigataṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.28">halaṁ dāni pakāsituṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.29">Rāgadosaparetehi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.30">nāyaṁ dhammo susambudho. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.31">Paṭisotagāmiṁ nipuṇaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.32">gambhīraṁ duddasaṁ aṇuṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.33">Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.34">tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_44</span>Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṁ namati, no dhammadesanāyā”ti. </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_45</span>Tatiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṁ, desetu sugato dhammaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṁ vatvāna athāparaṁ etadavoca—</span></span>
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.40">“Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.41">Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.42">Apāpuretaṁ amatassa dvāraṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.43">Suṇantu dhammaṁ vimalenānubuddhaṁ. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"
                    ><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.44">Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.45">Yathāpi passe janataṁ samantato; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.46">Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.47">Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.48">Sokāvatiṇṇaṁ janatamapetasoko, </span
                    ><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.49">Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṁ. </span></span
                  ></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.50">Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.51">Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.52">Desassu bhagavā dhammaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.9.53">Aññātāro bhavissantī”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_49</span>The Buddha understood the request of that supreme being. Then, with the eye of a Buddha, he surveyed the world out of compassion for sentient beings. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_49</span>Atha kho bhagavā brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṁ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṁ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokesi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment">He saw beings with little dust in their eyes and with much dust in their eyes, with sharp faculties and with dull faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and difficult to teach. He even saw some who regarded the next world as dangerous and to be avoided, while others did not. </span
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment">It was just like blue, red, and white lotuses, sprouted and grown in a lotus pond: some remain submerged in the water without rising out of it, others reach the surface of the water, while others still rise out of the water without being touched by it. </span
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment">Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṁ vā paduminiyaṁ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṁ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni samodakaṁ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṁvaḍḍhāni udakaṁ accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">evamevaṁ bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he had seen this, the Buddha replied to Sahampati in verse: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">disvāna brahmānaṁ sahampatiṁ gāthāya paccabhāsi—</span></span>
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_50</span>“Open to them are the doors to the deathless! </span><span class="eng-lang">May those who hear release their faith. </span><span class="eng-lang">Seeing trouble, supreme being, </span><span class="eng-lang">I did not speak the sublime and subtle Truth.” </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.12.2">“Apārutā tesaṁ amatassa dvārā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.12.3">Ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.12.4">Vihiṁsasaññī paguṇaṁ na bhāsiṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:5.12.5">Dhammaṁ paṇītaṁ manujesu brahme”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_51</span>Sahampati thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_51</span>Atha kho brahmā sahampati—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Buddha has consented to teach.” He bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and disappeared right there. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi. </span></span>
              </p>
            </section>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_52</span>The account of the supreme being’s request is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_52</span>Brahmayācanakathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">6. The account of the group of five </span><span class="pli-lang segment">6. Pañcavaggiyakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <section class="suttanta">
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_53</span>The Buddha thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_53</span>Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Who should I teach first? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Who will understand this Teaching quickly?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ko imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And it occurred to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Ālāra Kālāma is wise and competent, and has for a long time had little dust in his eyes. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ayaṁ kho āḷāro kālāmo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṁ apparajakkhajātiko; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Let me teach him first. He will understand it quickly.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yannūnāhaṁ āḷārassa kālāmassa paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, so imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But an invisible god informed the Buddha, “Sir, Ālāra Kālāma died seven days ago,” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi—“sattāhakālaṅkato, bhante, āḷāro kālāmo”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and the Buddha also knew this for himself. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṁ udapādi—“sattāhakālaṅkato āḷāro kālāmo”ti. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Ālāra Kālāma’s loss is great. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahājāniyo kho āḷāro kālāmo; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he had heard this Teaching, he would have understood it quickly.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">sace hi so imaṁ dhammaṁ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_54</span>Again the Buddha thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_54</span>Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Who should I teach first? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Who will understand this Teaching quickly?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ko imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And it occurred to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Udaka Rāmaputta is wise and competent, and has for a long time had little dust in his eyes. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ayaṁ kho udako rāmaputto paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṁ apparajakkhajātiko; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Let me teach him first. He will understand it quickly.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yannūnāhaṁ udakassa rāmaputtassa paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ, so imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But an invisible god informed the Buddha, “Sir, Udaka Rāmaputta died last night,” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi—“abhidosakālaṅkato, bhante, udako rāmaputto”ti. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and the Buddha also knew this for himself. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṁ udapādi—“abhidosakālaṅkato udako rāmaputto”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Udaka Rāmaputta’s loss is great. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahājāniyo kho udako rāmaputto; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he had heard this Teaching, he would have understood it quickly.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">sace hi so imaṁ dhammaṁ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_55</span>Once again the Buddha thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_55</span>Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Who should I teach first? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kassa nu kho ahaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyaṁ? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Who will understand this Teaching quickly?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ko imaṁ dhammaṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And it occurred to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The group of five monks who supported me while I was striving were of great service to me. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“bahukārā kho me pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū, ye maṁ padhānapahitattaṁ upaṭṭhahiṁsu; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Let me teach them first. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yannūnāhaṁ pañcavaggiyānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ deseyyan”ti. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But where are they staying now?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kahaṁ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī”ti? </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">With his superhuman and purified clairvoyance, the Buddha saw that the group of five monks were staying near Benares, in the deer park at Isipatana. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena pañcavaggiye bhikkhū bārāṇasiyaṁ viharante isipatane migadāye. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, after staying at Uruvelā for as long as he liked, he set out wandering toward Benares. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_56</span>The Ājīvaka ascetic Upaka saw the Buddha traveling between Gayā and the place of awakening. He said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_56</span>Addasā kho upako ājīvako bhagavantaṁ antarā ca gayaṁ antarā ca bodhiṁ addhānamaggappaṭipannaṁ, disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, your senses are clear and your skin is pure and bright. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">In whose name have you gone forth? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Who is your teacher </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ko vā te satthā? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or whose teaching do you follow?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī”ti? </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha replied to Upaka in verse: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā upakaṁ ājīvakaṁ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi—</span></span>
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_57</span>“I’m the victor, the knower of all. </span><span class="eng-lang">Abandoning all, I’m not soiled by anything. </span><span class="eng-lang">Through my own insight, I’m freed by the ending of craving—</span><span class="eng-lang">So who should I refer to as a teacher? </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.2">“Sabbābhibhū sabbavidūhamasmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.3">Sabbesu dhammesu anūpalitto; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.4">Sabbañjaho taṇhākkhaye vimutto, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.5">Sayaṁ abhiññāya kamuddiseyyaṁ. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_58</span>I have no teacher; </span><span class="eng-lang">No-one like me exists. </span><span class="eng-lang">In the world with its gods, </span><span class="eng-lang">I have no equal. </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.6">Na me ācariyo atthi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.7">sadiso me na vijjati; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.8">Sadevakasmiṁ lokasmiṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.9">natthi me paṭipuggalo. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_59</span>For I’m the Perfected One, </span><span class="eng-lang">The supreme teacher. </span><span class="eng-lang">I alone am fully awakened; </span><span class="eng-lang">I’m cool and extinguished. </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.10">Ahañhi arahā loke, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.11">ahaṁ satthā anuttaro; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.12">Ekomhi sammāsambuddho, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.13">sītibhūtosmi nibbuto. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_60</span>I’m going to the city of Kāsi, </span><span class="eng-lang">To set rolling the wheel of the Teaching. </span><span class="eng-lang">In this world immersed in darkness, </span><span class="eng-lang">I’ll beat the drum of the deathless.” </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.14">Dhammacakkaṁ pavattetuṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.15">Gacchāmi kāsinaṁ puraṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.16">Andhībhūtasmiṁ lokasmiṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.8.17">Āhañchaṁ amatadundubhin”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_61</span>“According to your own claim you must be a universal Victor.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_61</span>“Yathā kho tvaṁ, āvuso, paṭijānāsi, arahasi anantajino”ti. </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_62</span>“Indeed, those like me are victors, </span><span class="eng-lang">Those who have ended the corruptions. </span><span class="eng-lang">I have conquered all bad traits—</span><span class="eng-lang">Therefore, Upaka, I’m a Victor.” </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.9.2">“Mādisā ve jinā honti, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.9.3">ye pattā āsavakkhayaṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.9.4">Jitā me pāpakā dhammā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:6.9.5">tasmāhamupaka jino”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_63</span>Saying, “May it be so,” Upaka shook his head, chose the wrong path, and left. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_63</span>Evaṁ vutte, upako ājīvako hupeyyapāvusoti vatvā sīsaṁ okampetvā ummaggaṁ gahetvā pakkāmi. </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_64</span>The Buddha continued wandering toward the deer park at Isipatana near Benares. When he eventually arrived, he went to the group of five monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_64</span>Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena bārāṇasī isipatanaṁ migadāyo, yena pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami. </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Seeing him coming, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasaṁsu kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the group of five made an agreement with one another: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">disvāna aññamaññaṁ katikaṁ saṇṭhapesuṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Here comes the ascetic Gotama, who has given up his striving and returned to a life of indulgence. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ayaṁ, āvuso, samaṇo gotamo āgacchati, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">We shouldn’t bow down to him, stand up for him, or receive his bowl and robe, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So neva abhivādetabbo, na paccuṭṭhātabbo, nāssa pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">but we should prepare a seat. If he wishes, he may sit down.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">api ca kho āsanaṁ ṭhapetabbaṁ, sace so ākaṅkhissati nisīdissatī”ti. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But as the Buddha approached, the group of five monks was unable to keep their agreement. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yathā yathā kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū upasaṅkamati tathā tathā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu sakāya katikāya saṇṭhātuṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">One went to meet him to receive his bowl and robe, another prepared a seat, another set out water for washing the feet, yet another set out a foot stool, and the last one put out a foot scraper. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Asaṇṭhahantā bhagavantaṁ paccuggantvā eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṁ paññapesi, eko pādodakaṁ, eko pādapīṭhaṁ, eko pādakaṭhalikaṁ upanikkhipi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha sat down on the prepared seat </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and washed his feet. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">nisajja kho bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But they still addressed him by name and as “friend”. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Apissu bhagavantaṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaranti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_65</span>The Buddha said to the group of five monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_65</span>Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Monks, don’t address the Buddha by name or as ‘friend’. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṁ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Listen, I’m perfected and fully awakened. I have discovered the deathless. I will instruct you and teach you the Truth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ, amatamadhigataṁ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When you practice as instructed, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yathānusiṭṭhaṁ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">in this very life you will soon realize with your own insight the supreme goal of the spiritual life </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">for which gentlemen rightly go forth into homelessness.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They replied, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evaṁ vutte, pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment">“Friend Gotama, by practicing extreme austerities you didn’t gain any superhuman quality, any distinction in knowledge and vision worthy of noble ones. Since you have given up your striving and returned to a life of indulgence, how could you now have achieved any of this?” </span
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment">“tāyapi kho tvaṁ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya, tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ, kiṁ pana tvaṁ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan”ti? </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I haven’t given up striving and returned to a life of indulgence,” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na, bhikkhave, tathāgato bāhulliko, na padhānavibbhanto, na āvatto bāhullāya; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and he repeated what he had said before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ, amatamadhigataṁ ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Yathānusiṭṭhaṁ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_66</span>A second time the group of five monks repeated their question </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_66</span>Dutiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ …pe…. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and a second time the Buddha repeated his reply. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dutiyampi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca …pe…. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">A third time they repeated their question, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“tāyapi kho tvaṁ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya, tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṁ, kiṁ pana tvaṁ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesan”ti? </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_67</span>and the Buddha then said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_67</span>Evaṁ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Have you ever heard me speak like this?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṁ pabhāvitametan”ti? </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“No, Sir.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“No hetaṁ, bhante”. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Then listen. I’m perfected and fully awakened. I have discovered the deathless. I will instruct you and teach you the Truth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Arahaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṁ, amatamadhigataṁ ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṁ dhammaṁ desemi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When you practice as instructed, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yathānusiṭṭhaṁ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">in this very life you will soon realize with your own insight the supreme goal of the spiritual life </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">for which gentlemen rightly go forth into homelessness.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha was able to persuade the group of five monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Asakkhi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetuṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They then listened to the Buddha, paid careful attention, and applied their minds to understand. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṁ sussūsiṁsu, sotaṁ odahiṁsu, aññā cittaṁ upaṭṭhāpesuṁ. </span></span>
              </p>
            </section>
            <section class="suttanta">
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_68</span>And the Buddha addressed them: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_68</span>Atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_69</span>“There are these two opposites that should not be pursued by one who has gone forth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_69</span>“Dveme, bhikkhave, antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Katame dve? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">One is the devotion to worldly pleasures, which is inferior, crude, common, ignoble, and unbeneficial. The other is the devotion to self-torment, which is painful, ignoble, and unbeneficial. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo cāyaṁ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṁhito, yo cāyaṁ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṁhito. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">By avoiding these opposites, I have awakened to the middle path, which produces vision and knowledge, which leads to peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ete kho, bhikkhave, ubho ante anupagamma majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_70</span>And what, monks, is that middle path? </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_70</span>Katamā ca sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">It’s just this noble eightfold path, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">that is, right view, right aim, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right stillness. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayaṁ kho sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_71</span>And this is noble truth of suffering: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_71</span>Idaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">birth is suffering, old age is suffering, sickness is suffering, death is suffering, association with what is disliked is suffering, separation from what is liked is suffering, not getting what you want is suffering. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, byādhipi dukkho, maraṇampi dukkhaṁ, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṁ na labhati tampi dukkhaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">In brief, the five aspects of existence affected by grasping are suffering. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saṅkhittena, pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_72</span>And this is noble truth of the origin of suffering: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_72</span>Idaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the craving that leads to rebirth, that comes with delight and sensual desire, ever delighting in this and that, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yāyaṁ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">that is, craving for worldly pleasures, craving for existence, and craving for non-existence. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhā. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_73</span>And this is noble truth of the end of suffering: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_73</span>Idaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the full fading away and ending of that very craving; giving it up, relinquishing it, releasing it, letting it go. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho, cāgo, paṭinissaggo, mutti, anālayo. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_74</span>And this is noble truth of the path leading to the end of suffering: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_74</span>Idaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">just this noble eightfold path, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">that is, right view, right aim, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right stillness. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_75</span>I knew that this is the noble truth of suffering. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_75</span>Idaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I knew that this noble truth of suffering should be fully understood. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pariññeyyanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I knew that this noble truth of suffering had been fully understood. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pariññātanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_76</span>I knew that this is the noble truth of the origin of suffering. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_76</span>Idaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I knew that this noble truth of the origin of suffering should be fully abandoned. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pahātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I knew that this noble truth of the origin of suffering had been fully abandoned. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ pahīnanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_77</span>I knew that this is the noble truth of the end of suffering. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_77</span>Idaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I knew that this noble truth of the end of suffering should be fully experienced. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ sacchikātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I knew that this noble truth of the end of suffering had been fully experienced. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ sacchikatanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_78</span>I knew that this is the noble truth of the path leading to the end of suffering. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. </span
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_78</span>Idaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment">I knew that this noble truth of the path leading to the end of suffering should be fully developed. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ bhāvetabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment">I knew that this noble truth of the path leading to the end of suffering had been fully developed. Vision, knowledge, wisdom, understanding, and light arose in me regarding things I had never heard before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ kho panidaṁ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ bhāvitanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṁ udapādi, ñāṇaṁ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_79</span>So long as I had not fully purified my knowledge and vision according to reality of these four noble truths with their three stages and twelve characteristics, I didn’t claim the supreme full awakening in this world with its gods, lords of death, and supreme beings, in this society with its monastics and brahmins, its gods and people. </span
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_79</span>Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṁ tiparivaṭṭaṁ dvādasākāraṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ na suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ. </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_80</span>But when I had fully purified my knowledge and vision according to reality of these four noble truths with their three stages and twelve characteristics, then I did claim the supreme full awakening in this world with its gods, lords of death, and supreme beings, in this society with its monastics and brahmins, its gods and people. </span
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_80</span>Yato ca kho me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṁ tiparivaṭṭaṁ dvādasākāraṁ yathābhūtaṁ ñāṇadassanaṁ suvisuddhaṁ ahosi, athāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And knowledge and vision arose in me: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṁ udapādi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘My freedom is unshakable, this is my last birth, now there is no further rebirth.’” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">akuppā me vimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is what the Buddha said. The monks from the group of five were pleased and they rejoiced in the Buddha’s exposition. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Idamavoca bhagavā attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_81</span>And while this exposition was being spoken, Venerable Koṇḍañña experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_81</span>Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne āyasmato koṇḍaññassa virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_82</span>When the Buddha had set rolling the wheel of the Teaching, the earth gods cried out, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_82</span>Pavattite ca pana bhagavatā dhammacakke, bhummā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“At Benares, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Buddha has set rolling the supreme wheel of the Teaching. It can’t be stopped by any monastic, brahmin, god, lord of death, supreme being, or anyone in the world.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ, appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Hearing the earth gods, the gods of the four great kings cried out … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhummānaṁ devānaṁ saddaṁ sutvā cātumahārājikā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ …pe… </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Hearing the gods of the four great kings, the gods of the Thirty-three cried out … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ saddaṁ sutvā tāvatiṁsā devā …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the Yāma gods … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yāmā devā …pe… </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the contented gods … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">tusitā devā …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the gods who delight in creation … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">nimmānaratī devā …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the gods who control the creations of others … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">paranimmitavasavattī devā …pe… </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the gods of the realm of the supreme beings cried out, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">brahmakāyikā devā saddamanussāvesuṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“At Benares, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Buddha has set rolling the supreme wheel of the Teaching. It can’t be stopped by any monastic, brahmin, god, lord of death, supreme being, or anyone in the world.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_83</span>In that instant the news spread as far as the world of the supreme beings. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_83</span>Itiha tena khaṇena, tena layena, tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Ten thousand solar systems shook and trembled. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayañca dasasahassilokadhātu saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And there appeared in the world an immeasurable and glorious radiance, surpassing the splendor of the gods. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pāturahosi, atikkamma devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_84</span>Then the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_84</span>Atha kho bhagavā imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Koṇḍañña has understood! Indeed, Koṇḍañña has understood!” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“aññāsi vata bho koṇḍañño, aññāsi vata bho koṇḍañño”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That’s how Koṇḍañña got the name “Aññāsikoṇḍañña”, “Koṇḍañña who has understood.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Iti hidaṁ āyasmato koṇḍaññassa “aññāsikoṇḍañño” tveva nāmaṁ ahosi. </span></span>
              </p>
            </section>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_85</span>Aññāsikoṇḍañña had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. He had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. He then said to the Buddha, </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_85</span>Atha kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, I wish to receive the going forth in your presence. I wish to receive the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha replied, “Come, monk. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ehi bhikkhū”ti bhagavā avoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That was the full ordination of that venerable. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_86</span>The Buddha then instructed and taught the rest of the monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_86</span>Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While they were being instructed and taught, Venerable Vappa and Venerable Bhaddiya experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho āyasmato ca vappassa āyasmato ca bhaddiyassa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṁ anusāsiyamānānaṁ virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. They then said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha replied, “Come, monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That was the full ordination of those venerables. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_87</span>Living on the food brought to him, the Buddha then instructed and taught the remaining monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_87</span>Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū nīhārabhatto dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The six of them lived on the almsfood brought by three. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yaṁ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti, tena chabbaggo yāpeti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While they were being instructed and taught, Venerable Mahānāma and Venerable Assaji experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho āyasmato ca mahānāmassa āyasmato ca assajissa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṁ anusāsiyamānānaṁ virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it; they had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. They then said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha replied, “Come, monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That was the full ordination of those venerables. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <section class="suttanta">
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_88</span>Then the Buddha addressed the group of five: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_88</span>Atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_89</span>“Form is not your essence. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_89</span>“Rūpaṁ, bhikkhave, anattā. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">For if form were your essence, it would not lead to suffering, and you could make it </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Rūpañca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṁ rūpaṁ ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca rūpe—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">be like this and not be like that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘evaṁ me rūpaṁ hotu, evaṁ me rūpaṁ mā ahosī’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But because form is not your essence, it leads to suffering, and you can’t make it </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, rūpaṁ anattā, tasmā rūpaṁ ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati rūpe—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">be like this and not be like that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘evaṁ me rūpaṁ hotu, evaṁ me rūpaṁ mā ahosī’ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_90</span>Feeling is not your essence. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_90</span>Vedanā anattā. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">For if feeling were your essence, it would not lead to suffering, and you could make it </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vedanā ca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṁ vedanā ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca vedanāya—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">be like this and not be like that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘evaṁ me vedanā hotu, evaṁ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But because feeling is not your essence, it leads to suffering, and you can’t make it </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, vedanā anattā, tasmā vedanā ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati vedanāya—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">be like this and not be like that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘evaṁ me vedanā hotu, evaṁ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_91</span>Perception is not your essence. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_91</span>Saññā anattā. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">For if perception were your essence, it would not lead to suffering, and you could make it </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saññā ca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṁ saññā ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca saññāya—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">be like this and not be like that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘evaṁ me saññā hotu, evaṁ me saññā mā ahosī’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But because perception is not your essence, it leads to suffering, and you can’t make it </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saññā anattā, tasmā saññā ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati saññāya—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">be like this and not be like that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘evaṁ me saññā hotu, evaṁ me saññā mā ahosī’ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_92</span>Intentional activities are not your essence. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_92</span>Saṅkhārā anattā. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">For if intentional activities were your essence, they would not lead to suffering, and you could make them </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saṅkhārā ca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissaṁsu, nayidaṁ saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṁvatteyyuṁ, labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">be like this and not be like that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘evaṁ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṁ me saṅkhārā mā ahesun’ti. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But because intentional activities are not your essence, they lead to suffering, and you can’t make them </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā anattā, tasmā saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṁvattanti, na ca labbhati saṅkhāresu—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">be like this and not be like that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘evaṁ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṁ me saṅkhārā mā ahesun’ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_93</span>Consciousness is not your essence. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_93</span>Viññāṇaṁ anattā. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">For if consciousness were your essence, it would not lead to suffering, and you could make it </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Viññāṇañca hidaṁ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṁ viññāṇaṁ ābādhāya saṁvatteyya, labbhetha ca viññāṇe—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">be like this and not be like that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ hotu, evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ mā ahosī’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But because consciousness is not your essence, it leads to suffering, and you can’t make it </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṁ anattā, tasmā viññāṇaṁ ābādhāya saṁvattati, na ca labbhati viññāṇe—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">be like this and not be like that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ hotu, evaṁ me viññāṇaṁ mā ahosī’ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_94</span>What do you think, monks: is form permanent or impermanent?”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_94</span>Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Impermanent, Sir.”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Aniccaṁ, bhante”. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Suffering.”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Definitely not.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“No hetaṁ, bhante”. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_95</span>“What do you think: is feeling permanent or impermanent?”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_95</span>“Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vā”ti? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Impermanent.”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Aniccā, bhante”. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Suffering.”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Definitely not.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“No hetaṁ, bhante”. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_96</span>“What do you think: is perception permanent or impermanent?”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_96</span>“Saññā niccā vā aniccā vā”ti? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Impermanent.”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Aniccā, bhante”. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Suffering.”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Definitely not.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“No hetaṁ, bhante”. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_97</span>“What do you think: are intentional activities permanent or impermanent?”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_97</span>“Saṅkhārā niccā vā aniccā vā”ti? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Impermanent.”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Aniccā, bhante”. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Suffering.”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Definitely not.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“No hetaṁ, bhante”. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_98</span>“What do you think: is consciousness permanent or impermanent?”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_98</span>“Viññāṇaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Impermanent.”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Aniccaṁ, bhante”. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is what is impermanent suffering or happiness?”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vā taṁ sukhaṁ vā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Suffering.”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Dukkhaṁ, bhante”. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“And that which is impermanent, suffering, and changeable by nature, is it proper to regard it like this: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yaṁ panāniccaṁ dukkhaṁ vipariṇāmadhammaṁ, kallaṁ nu taṁ samanupassituṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘This is mine, I am this, this is my essence?’”—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Definitely not.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“No hetaṁ, bhante”. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_99</span>“So, whatever form there is—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—it should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality: </span
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_99</span>“Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, yaṁ kiñci rūpaṁ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṁ vā sukhumaṁ vā hīnaṁ vā paṇītaṁ vā yaṁ dūre santike vā, sabbaṁ rūpaṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’ </span><span class="pli-lang segment">netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_100</span>Whatever feeling there is—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—it should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_100</span>Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā vedanā—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’ </span><span class="pli-lang segment">netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_101</span>Whatever perception there is—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—it should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_101</span>Yā kāci saññā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā saññā—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’ </span><span class="pli-lang segment">netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_102</span>Whatever intentional activities there are—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—they should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality: </span
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_102</span>Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā ye dūre santike vā, sabbe saṅkhārā—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’ </span><span class="pli-lang segment">netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_103</span>Whatever consciousness there is—whether past, present, or future, internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near—it should all be seen with right wisdom according to reality: </span
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_103</span>Yaṁ kiñci viññāṇaṁ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṁ ajjhattaṁ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṁ vā sukhumaṁ vā hīnaṁ vā paṇītaṁ vā yaṁ dūre santike vā, sabbaṁ viññāṇaṁ—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my essence.’ </span><span class="pli-lang segment">netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṁ. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_104</span>A learned noble disciples who sees this is repelled by form, repelled by feeling, repelled by perception, repelled by intentional activities, and repelled by consciousness. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_104</span>Evaṁ passaṁ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmimpi nibbindati, vedanāyapi nibbindati, saññāyapi nibbindati, saṅkhāresupi nibbindati, viññāṇasmimpi nibbindati; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Being repelled, they become desireless. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">nibbindaṁ virajjati; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Because they are desireless, they are freed. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">virāgā vimuccati; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When they are freed, they know they are freed. They understand that birth has come to an end, that the spiritual life has been fulfilled, that the job has been done, that there is no further state of existence.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">vimuttasmiṁ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṁ hoti, ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā’ti pajānātī”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_105</span>This is what the Buddha said. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_105</span>Idamavoca bhagavā. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks from the group of five were pleased and they rejoiced in the Buddha’s exposition. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And while this exposition was being spoken to the monks from the group of five, their minds were freed from the corruptions through letting go. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne pañcavaggiyānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu. </span></span>
              </p>
            </section>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then there were six perfected ones in the world. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena cha loke arahanto honti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_106</span>The account of the group of five is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_106</span>Pañcavaggiyakathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The first section for recitation is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Paṭhamabhāṇavāro. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">7. The account of the going forth </span><span class="pli-lang segment">7. Pabbajjākathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_107</span>At that time in Benares there was a gentleman called Yasa, the son of a wealthy merchant, who had been brought up in great comfort. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_107</span>Tena kho pana samayena bārāṇasiyaṁ yaso nāma kulaputto seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He had three stilt houses: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tassa tayo pāsādā honti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">one for the winter, one for the summer, and one for the rainy season. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">eko hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While Yasa was spending the four months of the rainy season in the rainy-season house, he was attended on by female musicians, and he did not come down from that house. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So vassike pāsāde cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṁ orohati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">On one occasion, while he was enjoying himself with worldly pleasures, he fell asleep before his attendants. He then woke up first, while the oil lamp was still burning. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitassa samaṅgībhūtassa paricārayamānassa paṭikacceva niddā okkami, parijanassapi niddā okkami, sabbarattiyo ca telapadīpo jhāyati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He saw his attendants sleeping: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho yaso kulaputto paṭikacceva pabujjhitvā addasa sakaṁ parijanaṁ supantaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">one with a lute in her armpit, another with a tabor on her neck, still another with a drum in her armpit; one with hair disheveled, another drooling, still another talking in her sleep. It was like a charnel ground before his very eyes. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">aññissā kacche vīṇaṁ, aññissā kaṇṭhe mudiṅgaṁ, aññissā kacche āḷambaraṁ, aññaṁ vikesikaṁ, aññaṁ vikkheḷikaṁ, aññā vippalapantiyo, hatthappattaṁ susānaṁ maññe. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he saw this, the problem became clear, and a feeling of repulsion stayed with him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Disvānassa ādīnavo pāturahosi, nibbidāya cittaṁ saṇṭhāsi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He uttered a heartfelt exclamation: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho yaso kulaputto udānaṁ udānesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Oh the oppression! Oh the affliction!” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“upaddutaṁ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṁ vata bho”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_108</span>He then put on his golden shoes and went to the entrance door. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_108</span>Atha kho yaso kulaputto suvaṇṇapādukāyo ārohitvā yena nivesanadvāraṁ tenupasaṅkami. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Spirits opened the door, thinking, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Amanussā dvāraṁ vivariṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“No-one should create any obstacle for Yasa going forth into homelessness.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He went to the town gate, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena nagaradvāraṁ tenupasaṅkami. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and again it was opened by spirits. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Amanussā dvāraṁ vivariṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He then went to the deer park at Isipatana. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena isipatanaṁ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_109</span>Just then, after getting up early in the morning, the Buddha was doing walking meditation outside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_109</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the Buddha saw Yasa coming, he stepped down from his walking path and sat down on the prepared seat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasā kho bhagavā yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ, disvāna caṅkamā orohitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">As he was getting close to the Buddha, Yasa uttered the same heartfelt exclamation: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavato avidūre udānaṁ udānesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Oh the oppression! Oh the affliction!” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“upaddutaṁ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṁ vata bho”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“This isn’t oppressive, Yasa, this isn’t afflictive. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idaṁ kho, yasa, anupaddutaṁ, idaṁ anupassaṭṭhaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Come and sit down. I’ll give you a teaching.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ehi, yasa, nisīda, dhammaṁ te desessāmī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Thinking, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho yaso kulaputto—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Apparently this isn’t oppressive, apparently it’s not afflictive!” excited and joyful, Yasa removed his shoes, approached the Buddha, bowed, and sat down. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idaṁ kira anupaddutaṁ, idaṁ anupassaṭṭhan”ti haṭṭho udaggo suvaṇṇapādukāhi orohitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_110</span>The Buddha then gave Yasa a progressive talk—</span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_110</span>Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho yasassa kulaputtassa bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the danger, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ, kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the Buddha knew that Yasa’s mind was ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yadā bhagavā aññāsi yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ kallacittaṁ, muducittaṁ, vinīvaraṇacittaṁ, udaggacittaṁ, pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so too, while he was sitting right there, Yasa experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">evameva yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_111</span>Soon afterwards Yasa’s mother went up to his stilt house. Not seeing him, she went to her husband and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_111</span>Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa mātā pāsādaṁ abhiruhitvā yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ apassantī yena seṭṭhi gahapati tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā seṭṭhiṁ gahapatiṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I can’t find your son Yasa.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“putto te, gahapati, yaso na dissatī”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The merchant then dispatched horsemen to the four directions, while he himself went to the deer park at Isipatana. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati catuddisā assadūte uyyojetvā sāmaṁyeva yena isipatanaṁ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He saw the imprints of the golden shoes on the ground and he followed along. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati suvaṇṇapādukānaṁ nikkhepaṁ, disvāna taṁyeva anugamāsi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the Buddha saw the wealthy merchant coming, he thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasā kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṁ gahapatiṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ, disvāna bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Why don’t I use my supernormal powers so that the merchant, when he sits down, doesn’t see Yasa seated next to him?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yannūnāhaṁ tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkhareyyaṁ yathā seṭṭhi gahapati idha nisinno idha nisinnaṁ yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ na passeyyā”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And he did just that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharesi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_112</span>The merchant approached the Buddha and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_112</span>Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, have you seen Yasa by any chance?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“api, bhante, bhagavā yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ passeyyā”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_113</span>“Please sit down, householder. Perhaps you’ll get to see Yasa.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_113</span>“Tena hi, gahapati, nisīda, appeva nāma idha nisinno idha nisinnaṁ yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ passeyyāsī”ti. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the merchant heard this, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he was elated and joyful. And he bowed and sat down. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idheva kirāhaṁ nisinno idha nisinnaṁ yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ passissāmī”ti haṭṭho udaggo bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_114</span>The Buddha then gave him a progressive talk—</span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_114</span>Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho seṭṭhissa gahapatissa bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the danger, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ, kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the Buddha knew that his mind was ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yadā bhagavā aññāsi seṭṭhiṁ gahapatiṁ kallacittaṁ, muducittaṁ, vinīvaraṇacittaṁ, udaggacittaṁ, pasannacittaṁ, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so too, while he was sitting right there, the merchant experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">evameva seṭṭhissa gahapatissa tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_115</span>He had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. He had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And he said to the Buddha, </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_115</span>Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Wonderful, Venerable Sir, wonderful! </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Just as one might set upright what had been overturned, or reveal what was hidden, or show the way to one who was lost, or bring a lamp into the darkness </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so that one with eyes might see what’s there—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">just so has the Buddha made the Teaching clear in many ways. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I go for refuge to the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Sangha of monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Please accept me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upāsakaṁ maṁ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He was the first person in the world to become a lay follower by means of the triple refuge. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sova loke paṭhamaṁ upāsako ahosi tevāciko. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_116</span>While his father was given this teaching, Yasa reviewed what he had already seen and understood, and his mind was freed from the corruptions through letting go. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_116</span>Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṁ yathāviditaṁ bhūmiṁ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimucci. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Realizing what had happened, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“yasassa kho kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṁ yathāviditaṁ bhūmiṁ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the Buddha thought, “Yasa is incapable of returning to the lower life to enjoy worldly pleasures as he did while still a householder. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Abhabbo kho yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṁ, seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Let me stop using my supernormal powers.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yannūnāhaṁ taṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ paṭippassambheyyan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And he did. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā taṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ paṭippassambhesi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_117</span>The merchant saw Yasa sitting there and he said to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_117</span>Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ nisinnaṁ disvāna, yasaṁ kulaputtaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Dear Yasa, your mother is grieving and lamenting. Please give her back her life.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mātā te, tāta yasa, paridevasokasamāpannā, dehi mātuyā jīvitan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Yasa looked to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavantaṁ ullokesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and the Buddha said to the merchant, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṁ gahapatiṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">“What do you think, householder: suppose the mind of one such as you—who has seen and understood the Truth with the trainee’s knowledge and vision—while he was reviewing what he had already seen and understood, was freed from the corruptions through letting go. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">“taṁ kiṁ maññasi, gahapati, yassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā, tassa yathādiṭṭhaṁ yathāviditaṁ bhūmiṁ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Would he be able to return to the lower life to enjoy worldly pleasures as he did while still a householder?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhabbo nu kho so, gahapati, hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṁ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Definitely not.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“No hetaṁ, bhante”. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But this is what has happened to Yasa. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yasassa kho, gahapati, kulaputtassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā, tassa yathādiṭṭhaṁ yathāviditaṁ bhūmiṁ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He is now unable to return to the lower life.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Abhabbo kho, gahapati, yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṁ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s a great gain for Yasa that his mind has been freed from the corruptions through letting go! </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Lābhā, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, suladdhaṁ, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, yathā yasassa kulaputtassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuttaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Venerable Sir, please accept today’s meal from me with Yasa as your attendant.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā ajjatanāya bhattaṁ yasena kulaputtena pacchāsamaṇenā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha consented by remaining silent. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_118</span>Knowing that the Buddha had consented, the merchant got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_118</span>Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon after the merchant had left, Yasa said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho yaso kulaputto acirapakkante seṭṭhimhi gahapatimhi bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, I wish to receive the going forth in your presence. I wish to receive the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said, “Come, monk. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ehi bhikkhū”ti bhagavā avoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That was the full ordination of that venerable. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then there were seven perfected ones in the world. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena satta loke arahanto honti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_119</span>The going forth of Yasa is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_119</span>Yasassa pabbajjā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_120</span>The following morning the Buddha robed, took his bowl and robe, and, with Venerable Yasa as his attendant, went to the house of that merchant where he sat down on the prepared seat. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_120</span>Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā yasena pacchāsamaṇena yena seṭṭhissa gahapatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Yasa’s mother and ex-wife approached the Buddha, bowed, and sat down. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_121</span>The Buddha gave them a progressive talk—</span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_121</span>Tāsaṁ bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the danger, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ, kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ, nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yadā tā bhagavā aññāsi kallacittā, muducittā, vinīvaraṇacittā, udaggacittā, pasannacittā, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so too, while they were sitting right there, they experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">evameva tāsaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And they said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tā diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Wonderful, Venerable Sir, wonderful! … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">We go for refuge to the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Sangha of monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">etā mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Please accept us as lay followers who have gone for refuge for life.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upāsikāyo no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetā saraṇaṁ gatā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And they were the first women in the world to become lay followers by means of the triple refuge. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tā ca loke paṭhamaṁ upāsikā ahesuṁ tevācikā. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_122</span>Yasa’s mother, father, and ex-wife personally served various kinds of fine food to the Buddha and Yasa. When the Buddha had finished his meal, they sat down. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_122</span>Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca pitā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca bhagavantañca āyasmantañca yasaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā, bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ, ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha then instructed, inspired, and gladdened them with a teaching, before getting up from his seat and leaving. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato yasassa mātarañca pitarañca purāṇadutiyikañca dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_123</span>Now Yasa had four friends—</span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_123</span>Assosuṁ kho āyasmato yasassa cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṁ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṁ kulānaṁ puttā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Vimala, Subāhu, Puṇṇaji, and Gavampati—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">vimalo, subāhu, puṇṇaji, gavampati—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">who were from the wealthiest merchant families in Benares. When they heard that Yasa had shaved off his hair and beard, put on ocher robes, and gone forth into homelessness, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">they said to one another, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sutvāna nesaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“This must be an extraordinary spiritual path, an extraordinary going forth, for Yasa to have done this.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And they went to Yasa and bowed down to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ yasaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_124</span>Yasa then took his four friends to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_124</span>Atha kho āyasmā yaso te cattāro gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, these four friends of mine—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ime me, bhante, cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṁ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṁ kulānaṁ puttā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Vimala, Subāhu, Puṇṇaji, and Gavampati—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">vimalo, subāhu, puṇṇaji, gavampati. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">are from the wealthiest merchant families in Benares. Please instruct them.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_125</span>The Buddha gave them a progressive teaching: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_125</span>Tesaṁ bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the danger, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi dukkhaṁ samudayaṁ nirodhaṁ maggaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so too, while they were sitting right there, they experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">evameva tesaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And they said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said, “Come, monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That was the full ordination of those venerables. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, as the Buddha instructed those monks in the Teaching, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">their minds were freed from the corruptions through letting go. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tesaṁ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṁ anusāsiyamānānaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And there were eleven perfected ones in the world. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena ekādasa loke arahanto honti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_126</span>The going forth of the four friends is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_126</span>Catugihisahāyakapabbajjā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_127</span>Fifty of Yasa’s friends from leading families in the countryside also heard </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_127</span>Assosuṁ kho āyasmato yasassa paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṁ kulānaṁ puttā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">that Yasa had shaved off his hair and beard, put on ocher robes, and gone forth into homelessness. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitoti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They too said to one another, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sutvāna nesaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“This must be an extraordinary spiritual path, an extraordinary going forth, for Yasa to have done this.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And they went to Yasa and bowed down to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ yasaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Yasa then took his fifty friends to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho āyasmā yaso te paññāsamatte gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, these fifty friends of mine are from leading families in the countryside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ime me, bhante, paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṁ kulānaṁ puttā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Please instruct them.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha then gave them a progressive talk—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tesaṁ bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the danger, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi dukkhaṁ samudayaṁ nirodhaṁ maggaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so too, while they were sitting right there, they experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">evameva tesaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And they said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said, “Come, monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That was the full ordination of those venerables. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, as the Buddha instructed those monks in the Teaching, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">their minds were freed from the corruptions through letting go. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tesaṁ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṁ anusāsiyamānānaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And there were sixty-one perfected ones in the world. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena ekasaṭṭhi loke arahanto honti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The going forth of the fifty friends is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Paññāsagihisahāyakapabbajjā niṭṭhitā. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">8. The account of the Lord of Death </span><span class="pli-lang segment">8. Mārakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <section class="suttanta">
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_131</span>Then the Buddha addressed those monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_131</span>Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I’m free from all snares, both human and divine. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“muttāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">You, too, are free from all snares, both human and divine. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tumhepi, bhikkhave, muttā sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Go wandering, monks, for the benefit and happiness of humanity, out of compassion for the world, for the good, benefit, happiness of gods and humans. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">You should each go a different way. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mā ekena dve agamittha. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Proclaim the Teaching that is good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, that has a true goal and is well articulated. Set out the perfectly complete and pure spiritual life. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Desetha, bhikkhave, dhammaṁ ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāsetha. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">There are beings with little dust in their eyes who are ruined because of not hearing the Teaching. There will be those who understand. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I too will go to Uruvelā, to Senānigama, to proclaim the Teaching.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ahampi, bhikkhave, yena uruvelā senānigamo tenupasaṅkamissāmi dhammadesanāyā”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_132</span>Then the Lord of Death, the Evil One, went up to the Buddha and spoke to him in verse: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_132</span>Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—</span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_133</span>“You’re bound by all snares, </span><span class="eng-lang">Both human and divine. </span><span class="eng-lang">You’re bound by the great bond: </span><span class="eng-lang">You’re not free from me, monastic.” </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.2">“Baddhosi sabbapāsehi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.3">ye dibbā ye ca mānusā; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.4">Mahābandhanabaddhosi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.5">na me samaṇa mokkhasī”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_134</span>“I’m free from all snares, </span><span class="eng-lang">Both human and divine. </span><span class="eng-lang">I’m free from the great bond: </span><span class="eng-lang">Terminator, you’re defeated!” </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.6">“Muttāhaṁ sabbapāsehi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.7">Ye dibbā ye ca mānusā; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.8">Mahābandhanamuttomhi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.9">Nihato tvamasi antakā”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_135</span>“The snare is ethereal, </span><span class="eng-lang">And it comes from the mind. </span><span class="eng-lang">With that I’ll bind you: </span><span class="eng-lang">You’re not free from me, monastic.” </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.10">“Antalikkhacaro pāso, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.11">yvāyaṁ carati mānaso; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.12">Tena taṁ bādhayissāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.13">na me samaṇa mokkhasī”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_136</span>“Sights, sounds, tastes, smells, </span><span class="eng-lang">And tangibles, the mind’s delights—</span><span class="eng-lang">For these I have no desire: </span><span class="eng-lang">Terminator, you’re defeated!” </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.14">“Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.15">Phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.16">Ettha me vigato chando, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:11.2.17">Nihato tvamasi antakā”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_137</span>Then the Lord of Death, the Evil One, thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_137</span>Atha kho māro pāpimā—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Buddha knows me, the Happy One knows me,” and sad and miserable he disappeared right there. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti. </span></span>
              </p>
            </section>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_138</span>The account of the Lord of Death is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_138</span>Mārakathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">9. Discussion of the going forth and the full ordination </span><span class="pli-lang segment">9. Pabbajjūpasampadākathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_139</span>Soon afterwards, the monks were bringing back, from various regions and countries, people desiring the going forth and the full ordination, thinking, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_139</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Buddha will ordain them.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks became tired, as did those seeking ordination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, while reflecting in private, the Buddha thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatī’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Why don’t I allow the monks </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yannūnāhaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anujāneyyaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">to give the going forth and the full ordination right there in those various regions and countries?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_140</span>In the evening, the Buddha came out from seclusion, gave a teaching, and told the monks what he had thought, adding: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_140</span>Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“idha mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatī’ti, Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I allow you to give the going forth and the full ordination in those various regions and countries. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yannūnāhaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anujāneyyaṁ tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethāti, Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tumheva dāni tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādetha. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And, monks, it should be done like this. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo upasampādetabbo—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_141</span>First the candidate should shave off his hair and beard and put on ocher robes. He should then arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then be told to say this: </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_141</span>Paṭhamaṁ kesamassuṁ ohārāpetvā, kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā, ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ kārāpetvā, bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāpetvā, ukkuṭikaṁ nisīdāpetvā, añjaliṁ paggaṇhāpetvā ‘evaṁ vadehī’ti vattabbo—</span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_142</span>‘I go for refuge to the Buddha, </span><span class="eng-lang">I go for refuge to the Teaching, </span><span class="eng-lang">I go for refuge to the Sangha. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:12.4.1">‘Buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:12.4.2">Dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:12.4.3">Saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_143</span>For the second time I go for refuge to the Buddha, </span><span class="eng-lang">For the second time I go for refuge to the Teaching, </span><span class="eng-lang">For the second time I go for refuge to the Sangha. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:12.4.4">Dutiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:12.4.5">Dutiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:12.4.6">Dutiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_144</span>For the third time I go for refuge to the Buddha, </span><span class="eng-lang">For the third time I go for refuge to the Teaching, </span><span class="eng-lang">For the third time I go for refuge to the Sangha.’ </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:12.4.7">Tatiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:12.4.8">Tatiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:12.4.9">Tatiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmī’ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_145</span>You should give the going forth and the full ordination through the taking of the three refuges.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_145</span>Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajjaṁ upasampadan”ti. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_146</span>The discussion of the full ordination through the taking of the three refuges is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_146</span>Tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadākathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">10. The second account of the Lord of Death </span><span class="pli-lang segment">10. Dutiyamārakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <section class="suttanta">
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_147</span>When the Buddha had completed the rainy-season residence, he said to the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_147</span>Atha kho bhagavā vassaṁvuṭṭho bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Through wise attention and wise right effort, I have reached the supreme freedom, realized the supreme freedom. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mayhaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttarā vimutti anuppattā, anuttarā vimutti sacchikatā. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And you, monks, have done the same.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tumhepi, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttaraṁ vimuttiṁ anupāpuṇātha, anuttaraṁ vimuttiṁ sacchikarothā”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then the Lord of Death, the Evil One, went up to the Buddha and spoke to him in verse: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—</span></span>
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_148</span>“You’re bound by the snares of the Lord of Death, </span><span class="eng-lang">Both human and divine. </span><span class="eng-lang">You’re bound by the great bond: </span><span class="eng-lang">You’re not free from me, monastic.” </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:13.2.2">“Baddhosi mārapāsehi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:13.2.3">ye dibbā ye ca mānusā; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:13.2.4">Mahābandhanabaddhosi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:13.2.5">na me samaṇa mokkhasī”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p class="verse">
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                    ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_149</span>“I’m free from the snares of the Lord of Death, </span><span class="eng-lang">Both human and divine. </span><span class="eng-lang">I’m free from the great bond: </span><span class="eng-lang">Terminator, you’re defeated!” </span></span
                  ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:13.2.6">“Muttāhaṁ mārapāsehi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:13.2.7">Ye dibbā ye ca mānusā; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:13.2.8">Mahābandhanamuttomhi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:13.2.9">Nihato tvamasi antakā”ti. </span></span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_150</span>Then the Lord of Death, the Evil One, thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_150</span>Atha kho māro pāpimā—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Buddha knows me, the Happy One knows me,” and sad and miserable he disappeared right there. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyi. </span></span>
              </p>
            </section>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_151</span>The second account of the Lord of Death is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_151</span>Dutiyamārakathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">11. The account of the fine group of people </span><span class="pli-lang segment">11. Bhaddavaggiyavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_152</span>When the Buddha had stayed at Benares for as long as he liked, he set out wandering toward Uruvelā. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_152</span>Atha kho bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena uruvelā tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">At a certain point he left the road, entered a forest grove, and sat down at the foot of a tree. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataro vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Just then a fine group of thirty friends and their wives were enjoying themselves in that forest grove. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena tiṁsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā tasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe paricārenti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Because one of them did not have a wife, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">they had brought him a sex worker. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While they were all carelessly enjoying themselves, that sex worker took that man’s possessions and ran away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho sā vesī tesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṁ ādāya palāyittha. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">To help their friend, they all went searching for that woman. And as they walked about that forest grove, they saw the Buddha seated at the foot of a tree. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṁ karontā, taṁ itthiṁ gavesantā, taṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ āhiṇḍantā addasaṁsu bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They approached him and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, have you seen a woman by any chance?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“api, bhante, bhagavā ekaṁ itthiṁ passeyyā”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But, young men, why look for a woman?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Kiṁ pana vo, kumārā, itthiyā”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told him what had happened. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Idha mayaṁ, bhante, tiṁsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā imasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe paricārimhā. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho sā, bhante, vesī amhesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṁ ādāya palāyittha. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Te mayaṁ, bhante, sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṁ karontā, taṁ itthiṁ gavesantā, imaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ āhiṇḍāmā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“What do you think is better for you: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Taṁ kiṁ maññatha vo, kumārā, katamaṁ nu kho tumhākaṁ varaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">that you search for a woman, or that you search for yourselves?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yaṁ vā tumhe itthiṁ gaveseyyātha, yaṁ vā attānaṁ gaveseyyāthā”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s better that we search for ourselves.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Etadeva, bhante, amhākaṁ varaṁ yaṁ mayaṁ attānaṁ gaveseyyāmā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Well then, sit down, and I’ll give you a teaching.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Tena hi vo, kumārā, nisīdatha, dhammaṁ vo desessāmī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Saying, “Yes, Sir,” those friends bowed to the Buddha and sat down. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_153</span>The Buddha then gave them a progressive talk—</span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_153</span>Tesaṁ bhagavā anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the danger, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi dukkhaṁ samudayaṁ nirodhaṁ maggaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so too, while they were sitting right there, they experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">evameva tesaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. They had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. And they said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṅkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said, “Come, monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That was the full ordination of those venerables. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_154</span>The account of the fine group of friends is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_154</span>Bhaddavaggiyasahāyakānaṁ vatthu niṭṭhitaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The second section for recitation is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dutiyabhāṇavāro. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">12. The account of the wonders at Uruvelā </span><span class="pli-lang segment">12. Uruvelapāṭihāriyakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_155</span>The Buddha continued his wandering and eventually arrived at Uruvelā. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_155</span>Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena uruvelā tadavasari. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">At that time there were three dreadlocked ascetics were living there: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena uruvelāyaṁ tayo jaṭilā paṭivasanti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa, Nadī Kassapa, and Gayā Kassapa. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">uruvelakassapo, nadīkassapo, gayākassapoti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa was the leader and chief of five hundred dreadlocked ascetics, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tesu uruvelakassapo jaṭilo pañcannaṁ jaṭilasatānaṁ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Nadī Kassapa of three hundred, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nadīkassapo jaṭilo tiṇṇaṁ jaṭilasatānaṁ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and Gayā Kassapa of two hundred. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Gayākassapo jaṭilo dvinnaṁ jaṭilasatānaṁ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_156</span>The Buddha went to the hermitage of Uruvelā Kassapa and said to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_156</span>Atha kho bhagavā yena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“If it’s not inconvenient for you, Kassapa, may I stay for one night in your fire hut?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṁ agyāgāre”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s not inconvenient for me, Great Ascetic, but there’s a fierce and highly venomous dragon king with supernormal powers there. I don’t want it to harm you.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṁ mā viheṭhesī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_157</span>The Buddha asked a second </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_157</span>Dutiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṁ agyāgāre”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṁ mā viheṭhesī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_158</span>and a third time, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_158</span>Tatiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṁ agyāgāre”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and on both occasions Uruvelā Kassapa replied as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṁ mā viheṭhesī”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha then said, “Perhaps it won’t harm me. Come on, Kassapa, let me to stay in the fire hut.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Appeva maṁ na viheṭheyya, iṅgha tvaṁ, kassapa, anujānāhi agyāgāran”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Well then, do as you like.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Vihara, mahāsamaṇa, yathāsukhan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha entered the fire hut and prepared a straw mat. He sat down, crossed his legs, straightened his body, and established mindfulness in front of him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā agyāgāraṁ pavisitvā tiṇasanthārakaṁ paññapetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_159</span>When the dragon saw that the Buddha had entered, he was displeased and emitted smoke. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_159</span>Addasā kho so nāgo bhagavantaṁ paviṭṭhaṁ, disvāna dummano padhūpāyi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Let me overpower this dragon, using fire against fire, but without harming it in the slightest way.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yannūnāhaṁ imassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṁsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṁ pariyādiyeyyan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha then used his supernormal powers so that he, too, emitted smoke. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṁ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā padhūpāyi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The dragon, not being able to contain his rage, emitted flames. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so nāgo makkhaṁ asahamāno pajjali. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha entered the fire element and he, too, emitted flames. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavāpi tejodhātuṁ samāpajjitvā pajjali. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">With both of them emitting flames, it was as if the fire hut was ablaze and burning. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ubhinnaṁ sajotibhūtānaṁ agyāgāraṁ ādittaṁ viya hoti sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Those dreadlocked ascetics gathered around the fire hut, saying, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te jaṭilā agyāgāraṁ parivāretvā evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is handsome, but the dragon is harming him.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo nāgena viheṭhiyatī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The next morning the Buddha had overcome that dragon, using fire against fire, but without harming it in the slightest way. He put it in his almsbowl and showed it to Uruvelā Kassapa: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena tassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṁsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṁ pariyādiyitvā patte pakkhipitvā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa dassesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Here is your dragon, Kassapa, his fire overpowered by fire.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ayaṁ te, kassapa, nāgo pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty. Using fire against fire, he has overcome that fierce and highly venomous dragon king with its supernormal powers. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma caṇḍassa nāgarājassa iddhimato āsivisassa ghoravisassa tejasā tejaṁ pariyādiyissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_160</span>At the Nerañjara the Buddha said </span><span class="eng-lang">To the dreadlocked ascetic Uruvelā Kassapa, </span><span class="eng-lang">“If it’s convenient for you, Kassapa, </span><span class="eng-lang">May I stay for a night in your fire hut?” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.1">Nerañjarāyaṁ bhagavā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.2">Uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ avoca; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.3">“Sace te kassapa agaru, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.4">Viharemu ajjaṇho aggisālamhī”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_161</span>“It’s convenient for me, Great Ascetic, </span><span class="eng-lang">But for your own good, I bar you. </span><span class="eng-lang">A fierce dragon king is there, </span><span class="eng-lang">Highly venomous, with supernormal powers: </span><span class="eng-lang">I don’t want it to harm you.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.5">“Na kho me mahāsamaṇa garu, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.6">Phāsukāmova taṁ nivāremi; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.7">Caṇḍettha nāgarājā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.8">Iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.9">So taṁ mā viheṭhesī”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_162</span>“Perhaps it won’t harm me. Come on, Kassapa, </span><span class="eng-lang">Let me stay in the fire hut.” </span><span class="eng-lang">When he knew the answer was “Yes,” </span><span class="eng-lang">He entered without fear. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.10">“Appeva maṁ na viheṭheyya, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.11">Iṅgha tvaṁ kassapa anujānāhi agyāgāran”ti; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.12">Dinnanti naṁ viditvā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.13">Abhīto pāvisi bhayamatīto. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_163</span>Seeing the sage who had entered, </span><span class="eng-lang">The angry dragon emitted smoke. </span><span class="eng-lang">With a mind of good will, </span><span class="eng-lang">The Great Man, too, emitted smoke. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.14">Disvā isiṁ paviṭṭhaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.15">Ahināgo dummano padhūpāyi; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.16">Sumanamanaso adhimano, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.17">Manussanāgopi tattha padhūpāyi. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_164</span>Unable to contain his rage, </span><span class="eng-lang">The dragon emitted fire. </span><span class="eng-lang">Well-skilled in the fire element, </span><span class="eng-lang">The Great Man, too, emitted fire. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.18">Makkhañca asahamāno, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.19">Ahināgo pāvakova pajjali; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.20">Tejodhātusukusalo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.21">Manussanāgopi tattha pajjali. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_165</span>With both of them emitting flames, </span><span class="eng-lang">The fire hut was glowing and blazing. </span><span class="eng-lang">Looking on, the dreadlocked ascetics said, </span><span class="eng-lang">“He’s handsome, the Great Ascetic, </span><span class="eng-lang">But the dragon is harming him.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.22">Ubhinnaṁ sajotibhūtānaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.23">Agyāgāraṁ ādittaṁ hoti sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.24">Udicchare jaṭilā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.25">“Abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.6.26">Nāgena viheṭhiyatī”ti bhaṇanti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_166</span>Yet the following morning </span><span class="eng-lang">The dragon’s flames were extinguished, </span><span class="eng-lang">While the One with supernormal powers </span><span class="eng-lang">Had flames of various colors. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.7.1">Atha tassā rattiyā accayena, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.7.2">Hatā nāgassa acciyo honti; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.7.3">Iddhimato pana ṭhitā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.7.4">Anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_167</span>Blue, red, and magenta, </span><span class="eng-lang">Yellow, and the color of crystal: </span><span class="eng-lang">Flames of various colors remained </span><span class="eng-lang">In the body of Aṅgīrasa. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.7.5">Nīlā atha lohitikā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.7.6">Mañjiṭṭhā pītakā phalikavaṇṇāyo; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.7.7">Aṅgīrasassa kāye, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.7.8">Anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_168</span>Putting the dragon in his bowl, </span><span class="eng-lang">He showed it to the brahmin: </span><span class="eng-lang">“Here is your dragon, Kassapa, </span><span class="eng-lang">His fire overpowered by fire.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.7.9">Pattamhi odahitvā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.7.10">Ahināgaṁ brāhmaṇassa dassesi; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.7.11">“Ayaṁ te kassapa nāgo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:15.7.12">Pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_169</span>Because of this wonder of supernormal power, Uruvelā Kassapa gained confidence in the Buddha and said to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_169</span>Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato iminā iddhipāṭihāriyena abhippasanno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Great Ascetic, please stay right here. I’ll supply you with food.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idheva, mahāsamaṇa, vihara, ahaṁ te dhuvabhattenā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_170</span>The first wonder is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_170</span>Paṭhamaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_171</span>Soon afterwards the Buddha stayed in a forest grove not far from Uruvelā Kassapa’s hermitage. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_171</span>Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamassa avidūre aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, when the night was well advanced, the magnificent four great kings approached the Buddha, illuminating the whole forest grove. They bowed down to the Buddha and stood at the four cardinal points, appearing like great bonfires. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṁsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_172</span>The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_172</span>Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And who was it that visited you last night?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ke nu kho te, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena tvaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṁsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“That was the four great kings. They came to me to hear the Teaching.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ete kho, kassapa, cattāro mahārājāno yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu dhammassavanāyā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that even the four great kings go to him to hear the Teaching. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cattāropi mahārājāno upasaṅkamissanti dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_173</span>The second wonder is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_173</span>Dutiyaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_174</span>Once again when the night was well advanced, Sakka, the magnificent ruler of the gods, approached the Buddha, illuminating the whole forest grove. He bowed down to the Buddha and stood up, appearing just like a great bonfire. But it was more splendid and sublime than the previous ones. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_174</span>Atha kho sakko devānamindo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_175</span>The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_175</span>Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And who was it that visited you last night?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena tvaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“That was Sakka, the ruler of the gods. He came to me to hear the Teaching.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Eso kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that even Sakka, the ruler of gods, goes to him to hear the Teaching. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_176</span>The third wonder is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_176</span>Tatiyaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_177</span>Once again when the night was well advanced, Sahampati, the magnificent supreme being, approached the Buddha, illuminating the whole forest grove. He bowed down to the Buddha and stood up, appearing just like a great bonfire. But it was even more splendid and sublime than the previous ones. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_177</span>Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_178</span>The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_178</span>Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And who was it that visited you last night?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṁ vanasaṇḍaṁ obhāsetvā yena tvaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“That was Sahampati, the supreme being. He came to me to hear the Teaching.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Eso kho, kassapa, brahmā sahampati yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that even, Sahampati, the supreme being, goes to him to hear the Teaching. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma brahmāpi sahampati upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_179</span>The fourth wonder is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_179</span>Catutthaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_180</span>At this time Uruvelā Kassapa was holding a great sacrifice, and the whole of Aṅga and Magadha wanted to attend with much food of various kinds. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_180</span>Tena kho pana samayena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito hoti, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya abhikkamitukāmā honti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa considered this </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya abhikkamissanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and thought, “If the Great Ascetic performs a wonder of supernormal power for the great crowd, he’ll get more material support and honor, whereas I’ll get less. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṁ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I hope he doesn’t come tomorrow.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha read the mind of Uruvelā Kassapa. He then went to Uttarakuru, collected almsfood there, ate it at the Anotatta lake, and stayed there for the day’s meditation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya uttarakuruṁ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṁ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṁ akāsi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_181</span>The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_181</span>Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And why didn’t you come yesterday? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kiṁ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, hiyyo nāgamāsi? </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">We did think of you </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Api ca mayaṁ taṁ sarāma—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">kiṁ nu kho mahāsamaṇo nāgacchatīti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and set aside a share of various kinds of food.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Khādanīyassa ca bhojanīyassa ca te paṭivīso ṭhapito”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But, Kassapa, didn’t you think, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Nanu te, kassapa, etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘I hope he doesn’t come tomorrow’? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ ādāya abhikkamissanti, sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṁ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati, aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā’ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Because I read your mind, I went to Uttarakuru, collected almsfood there, ate it at the Anotatta lake, and stayed there for the day’s meditation.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So kho ahaṁ, kassapa, tava cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya uttarakuruṁ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṁ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṁ akāsin”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can read the minds of others. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cetasāpi cittaṁ pajānissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_182</span>The fifth wonder is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_182</span>Pañcamaṁ pāṭihāriyaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_183</span>Soon afterwards the Buddha got a rag </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_183</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhagavato paṁsukūlaṁ uppannaṁ hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and he thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Where can I wash it?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kattha nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ dhoveyyan”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Reading the Buddha’s mind, Sakka dug a pond with his hand. And he said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṁ khaṇitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, please wash it here.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ dhovatū”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Where can I beat it?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddeyyan”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Reading the Buddha’s mind once again, Sakka placed a boulder there. And he said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṁ silaṁ upanikkhipi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, please beat it here.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddatū”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“What can I hold onto to get out of this pond?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kimhi nu kho ahaṁ ālambitvā uttareyyan”ti? </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">A god living in an arjun tree read the Buddha’s mind. She then bent down a branch and said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho kakudhe adhivatthā devatā bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṁ onāmesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, please come out by holding onto this.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Where can I dry this rag?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ vissajjeyyan”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Reading the Buddha’s mind yet again, Sakka placed another boulder there. And he said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṁ silaṁ upanikkhipi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, please dry it here.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ vissajjetū”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_184</span>The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_184</span>Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But what’s going on? There was no pond here before, but now there is. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kiṁ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, nāyaṁ pubbe idha pokkharaṇī, sāyaṁ idha pokkharaṇī. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">These boulders were not here before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nayimā silā pubbe upanikkhittā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Who placed them here? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kenimā silā upanikkhittā? </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And this arjun tree didn’t have a bent branch, but now it does.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nayimassa kakudhassa pubbe sākhā onatā, sāyaṁ sākhā onatā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“Idha me, kassapa, paṁsukūlaṁ uppannaṁ ahosi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Tassa mayhaṁ, kassapa, etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘kattha nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ dhoveyyan’ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṁ khaṇitvā maṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ dhovatū’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāyaṁ, kassapa, amanussena pāṇinā khaṇitā pokkharaṇī. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Tassa mayhaṁ, kassapa, etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddeyyan’ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṁ silaṁ upanikkhipi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ parimaddatū’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāyaṁ, kassapa, amanussena upanikkhittā silā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Tassa mayhaṁ, kassapa, etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘kimhi nu kho ahaṁ ālambitvā uttareyyan’ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho, kassapa, kakudhe adhivatthā devatā mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṁ onāmesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Svāyaṁ āharahattho kakudho. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Tassa mayhaṁ, kassapa, etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘kimhi nu kho ahaṁ paṁsukūlaṁ vissajjeyyan’ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṁ silaṁ upanikkhipi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṁsukūlaṁ vissajjetū’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāyaṁ, kassapa, amanussena upanikkhittā silā” </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the Buddha told him what had happened, Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that even Sakka, the ruler of the gods, performs services for him. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo veyyāvaccaṁ karissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_185</span>The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_185</span>Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You just go ahead, Kassapa, I’ll come.” After dismissing him, he took a fruit from a rose-apple tree—the tree after which the Rose-apple Land of India is named—and then arrived first in the fire hut where he sat down. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Gaccha tvaṁ, kassapa, āyāmahan”ti uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā “jambudīpo” paññāyati, tato phalaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When Uruvelā Kassapa saw the Buddha sitting there, he said to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ agyāgāre nisinnaṁ, disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Which path did you take? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“katamena tvaṁ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I left first, but you’re already here.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ahaṁ tayā paṭhamataraṁ pakkanto, so tvaṁ paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha told him what he had done and added, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Idhāhaṁ, kassapa, taṁ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“This rose apple has a good color, and it’s fragrant and delicious, too. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Idaṁ kho, kassapa, jambuphalaṁ vaṇṇasampannaṁ gandhasampannaṁ rasasampannaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">You can have it, if you wish.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ākaṅkhasi paribhuñjā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“There’s no need. You deserve it and you should have it.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Alaṁ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṁyeva taṁ arahasi, tvaṁyeva taṁ paribhuñjāhī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he dismissed me, then took a fruit from a rose-apple tree, and still arrived first in the fire hut. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṁ paṭhamataraṁ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha ate his meal and continued to stay in the same forest grove. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā tasmiṁyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_186</span>The next morning Uruvelā Kassapa went to the Buddha and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_186</span>Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s time, Great Ascetic, the meal is ready.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You just go ahead, Kassapa, I’ll come.” After dismissing him, he took a fruit from a mango tree not far from the rose-apple tree … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Gaccha tvaṁ, kassapa, āyāmahan”ti uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā “jambudīpo” paññāyati, tassā avidūre ambo …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he took a fruit from an emblic myrobalan tree not far from the mango tree … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">tassā avidūre āmalakī …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he took a fruit from a chebulic myrobalan tree not far from the emblic myrobalan tree … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">tassā avidūre harītakī …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he went to Tāvatiṁsa heaven, took a flower from an orchid tree, and then arrived first in the fire hut where he sat down. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">tāvatiṁsaṁ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When Uruvelā Kassapa saw the Buddha sitting there, he said to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ agyāgāre nisinnaṁ, disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Which path did you take? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“katamena tvaṁ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I left first, but you’re already here.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ahaṁ tayā paṭhamataraṁ pakkanto, so tvaṁ paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha told him what he had done, and added, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Idhāhaṁ, kassapa, taṁ uyyojetvā tāvatiṁsaṁ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“This orchid tree flower is colorful and fragrant. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Idaṁ kho, kassapa, pāricchattakapupphaṁ vaṇṇasampannaṁ gandhasampannaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">You can have it, if you wish.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ākaṅkhasi gaṇhā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“There’s no need. You deserve it and you should have it.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Alaṁ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṁyeva taṁ arahasi, tvaṁyeva taṁ gaṇhā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he dismissed me, then went to Tāvatiṁsa heaven, took an orchid tree flower, and still arrived first in the fire hut. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṁ paṭhamataraṁ uyyojetvā tāvatiṁsaṁ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṁ gahetvā paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_187</span>Soon afterwards those dreadlocked ascetics wanted to tend the sacred fire, but were unable to split the logs. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_187</span>Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṁ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti kaṭṭhāni phāletuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tesaṁ jaṭilānaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“This must be because of the supernormal powers of the Great Ascetic.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“nissaṁsayaṁ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṁ na sakkoma kaṭṭhāni phāletun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said to Uruvelā Kassapa, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“May the logs be split, Kassapa.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“phāliyantu, kassapa, kaṭṭhānī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Yes, may they,” he replied. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Phāliyantu, mahāsamaṇā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And five hundred logs were split all at once. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sakideva pañca kaṭṭhasatāni phāliyiṁsu. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can split logs just like that. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma kaṭṭhānipi phāliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_188</span>Those ascetics still wanted to tend the sacred fire, but were unable to light it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_188</span>Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṁ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti aggiṁ ujjaletuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tesaṁ jaṭilānaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“This must be because of the supernormal powers of the Great Ascetic.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“nissaṁsayaṁ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṁ na sakkoma aggiṁ ujjaletun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said to Uruvelā Kassapa, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“May the fires be lit, Kassapa.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ujjaliyantu, kassapa, aggī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Yes, may they,” he replied. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ujjaliyantu, mahāsamaṇā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And five hundred fires were lit all at once. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sakideva pañca aggisatāni ujjaliyiṁsu. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can light fires just like that. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi ujjaliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_189</span>When those ascetics had tended the sacred fires, they were unable to extinguish them. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_189</span>Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṁ paricaritvā na sakkonti aggiṁ vijjhāpetuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tesaṁ jaṭilānaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“This must be because of the supernormal powers of the Great Ascetic.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“nissaṁsayaṁ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṁ na sakkoma aggiṁ vijjhāpetun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said to Uruvelā Kassapa, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“May the fires be extinguished, Kassapa.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“vijjhāyantu, kassapa, aggī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Yes, may they,” he replied. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Vijjhāyantu, mahāsamaṇā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And the five hundred fires were extinguished all at once. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sakideva pañca aggisatāni vijjhāyiṁsu. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can extinguish fires just like that. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi vijjhāyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_190</span>At that time it was midwinter, with cold days and snow. During this period those ascetics emerged from the Nerañjara river, immersed themselves in it, and repeatedly emerged and immersed themselves. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_190</span>Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye najjā nerañjarāya ummujjantipi, nimujjantipi, ummujjananimujjanampi karonti. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then the Buddha manifested five hundred pans with hot coals, where those ascetics could warm themselves after coming out of the water. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā pañcamattāni mandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini, yattha te jaṭilā uttaritvā visibbesuṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tesaṁ jaṭilānaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These were no doubt created by the supernormal powers of the Great Ascetic.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“nissaṁsayaṁ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathayimā mandāmukhiyo nimmitā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can manifest so many pans with hot coals. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma tāva bahū mandāmukhiyopi abhinimminissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_191</span>Soon afterwards an unseasonal storm poured down, producing a great flood. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_191</span>Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho pāvassi, mahā udakavāhako sañjāyi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The spot where the Buddha was staying was inundated. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yasmiṁ padese bhagavā viharati, so padeso udakena na otthaṭo hoti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Why don’t I drive back the water on all sides and walk on the dry ground in the middle?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yannūnāhaṁ samantā udakaṁ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkameyyan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And he did. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā samantā udakaṁ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkami. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I hope the Great Ascetic hasn’t been swept away by the water.” Together with a number of ascetics he went by boat to where the Buddha was staying. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mā heva kho mahāsamaṇo udakena vūḷho ahosī”ti nāvāya sambahulehi jaṭilehi saddhiṁ yasmiṁ padese bhagavā viharati taṁ padesaṁ agamāsi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He saw that the Buddha had driven back the water on all sides and was walking on dry ground in the middle. And he said to the Buddha, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṁ samantā udakaṁ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkamantaṁ, disvāna bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is that you, Great Ascetic?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idaṁ nu tvaṁ, mahāsamaṇā”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s me, Kassapa.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ayamahamasmi, kassapā”ti </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha rose up into the air and landed in the boat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhagavā vehāsaṁ abbhuggantvā nāvāya paccuṭṭhāsi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Uruvelā Kassapa thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, in that he can displace the water. But he’s not a perfected one like me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma udakampi na pavāhissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_192</span>Then the Buddha thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_192</span>Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“For a long time this foolish man has thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“cirampi kho imassa moghapurisassa evaṁ bhavissati—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘The Great Ascetic is powerful and mighty, but he’s not a perfected one like me.’ </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā ahan’ti; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Let me stir him up.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ jaṭilaṁ saṁvejeyyan”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And he said to Uruvelā Kassapa, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭilaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Kassapa, you’re not a perfected one or on the path to perfection. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“neva ca kho tvaṁ, kassapa, arahā, nāpi arahattamaggasamāpanno. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">You don’t have the practice that might make you a perfected one or one on the path to perfection.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāpi te paṭipadā natthi, yāya tvaṁ arahā vā assasi, arahattamaggaṁ vā samāpanno”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">At that Uruvelā Kassapa bowed down with his head at the Buddha’s feet and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, I wish to receive the going forth in your presence. I wish to receive the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Kassapa, you’re the leader and chief of five hundred dreadlocked ascetics. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Tvaṁ khosi, kassapa, pañcannaṁ jaṭilasatānaṁ nāyako vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Tell them first, so that they may take appropriate action.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tepi tāva apalokehi, yathā te maññissanti tathā te karissantī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_193</span>Uruvelā Kassapa then went to those ascetics and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_193</span>Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo yena te jaṭilā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te jaṭile etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I wish to practice the spiritual life under the Great Ascetic. Please do whatever you think is appropriate.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“icchāmahaṁ, bho, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carituṁ, yathā bhavanto maññanti tathā karontū”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, we’ve had confidence in the Great Ascetic for a long time. If you are to practice the spiritual life under him, so will all of us.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Cirapaṭikā mayaṁ, bho, mahāsamaṇe abhippasannā, sace bhavaṁ, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carissati, sabbeva mayaṁ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carissāmā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, after letting their hair and dreadlocks, their carrying pole and bundle, and their fire-worship implements be carried away by the water, they went to the Buddha. They bowed down with their head at his feet and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said, “Come, monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And that was the full ordination of those venerables. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_194</span>Nadī Kassapa saw those things being carried away by the water, and he thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_194</span>Addasā kho nadīkassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I hope my brother is okay.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mā heva me bhātuno upasaggo ahosī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He dispatched his ascetics, saying, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jaṭile pāhesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Go and check on my brother.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“gacchatha me bhātaraṁ jānāthā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Together with the three hundred ascetics he then went to Uruvelā Kassapa and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāmañca tīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ uruvelakassapaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is this better, Kassapa?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idaṁ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Yes, this is better.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Āmāvuso, idaṁ seyyo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, after letting their hair and dreadlocks, their carrying pole and bundle, and their fire-worship implements be carried away by the water, they went to the Buddha. They bowed down with their head at his feet and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence We wish to receive the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said, “Come, monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And that was the full ordination of those venerables. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_195</span>Gayā Kassapa saw those things being carried away by the water, and he thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_195</span>Addasā kho gayākassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I hope my brothers are okay.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mā heva me bhātūnaṁ upasaggo ahosī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He dispatched his ascetics, saying, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jaṭile pāhesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Go and check on my brothers.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“gacchatha me bhātaro jānāthā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Together with the two hundred ascetics he then went to Uruvelā Kassapa and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāmañca dvīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṁ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ uruvelakassapaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is this better, Kassapa?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idaṁ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Yes, this is better.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Āmāvuso, idaṁ seyyo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, after letting their hair and dreadlocks, their carrying pole and bundle, and their fire-worship implements be carried away by the water, they went to the Buddha. They bowed down with their head at his feet and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṁ jaṭāmissaṁ khārikājamissaṁ aggihutamissaṁ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said, “Come, monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And that was the full ordination of those venerables. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_196</span>By an act of supernormal determination the Buddha stopped five hundred logs from being split before splitting them; </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_196</span>Bhagavato adhiṭṭhānena pañca kaṭṭhasatāni na phāliyiṁsu, phāliyiṁsu; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he stopped fires from being lit before lighting them; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">aggī na ujjaliyiṁsu, ujjaliyiṁsu; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he then stopped them from being extinguished before extinguishing them; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na vijjhāyiṁsu, vijjhāyiṁsu; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and he manifested five hundred pans with hot coals. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">pañcamandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">In this way, there were three and a half thousand wonders. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Etena nayena aḍḍhuḍḍhapāṭihāriyasahassāni honti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_197</span>After staying at Uruvelā for as long as he liked, the Buddha went to Gayāsīsa together with that large sangha of one thousand monks, all of them previously dreadlocked ascetics, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_197</span>Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena gayāsīsaṁ tena pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and they stayed there. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā gayāyaṁ viharati gayāsīse saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena. </span></span>
            </p>
            <section class="suttanta">
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then the Buddha addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_198</span>“Everything is burning. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_198</span>“Sabbaṁ, bhikkhave, ādittaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">What is that everything that is burning? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṁ ādittaṁ? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment">The eye is burning. Sights are burning. Eye consciousness is burning. Eye contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of eye contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cakkhu ādittaṁ, rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, cakkhusamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Burning with what? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kena ādittaṁ? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment">The ear is burning. Sounds are burning. Ear consciousness is burning. Ear contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of ear contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sotaṁ ādittaṁ, saddā ādittā, sotaviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, sotasamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Burning with what? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kena ādittaṁ? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment">The nose is burning. Smells are burning. Nose consciousness is burning. Nose contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of nose contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ghānaṁ ādittaṁ, gandhā ādittā, ghānaviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, ghānasamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Burning with what? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kena ādittaṁ? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment">The tongue is burning. Tastes are burning. Tongue consciousness is burning. Tongue contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of tongue contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jivhā ādittā, rasā ādittā, jivhāviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ jivhāsamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Burning with what? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kena ādittaṁ? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment">The body is burning. Touches are burning. Body consciousness is burning. Body contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of body contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kāyo āditto, phoṭṭhabbā ādittā, kāyaviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ kāyasamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Burning with what? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kena ādittaṁ? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment">The mind is burning. Mental phenomena are burning. Mind consciousness is burning. Mind contact is burning. Whatever feeling arises because of mind contact—whether pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful—that too is burning. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mano āditto, dhammā ādittā, manoviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ manosamphasso āditto, yamidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Burning with what? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kena ādittaṁ? </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Burning with the fire of sensual desire, the fire of ill will, and the fire of confusion; burning with birth, old age, and death; burning with grief, sorrow, pain, aversion, and distress, I say. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṁ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_199</span>When they see this, the learned noble disciple is repelled by the eye, repelled by sights, repelled by eye consciousness, repelled by eye contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling arises because of eye contact. </span
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_199</span>Evaṁ passaṁ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati, rūpesupi nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇepi nibbindati, cakkhusamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā, tasmimpi nibbindati. </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They are repelled by the ear, repelled by sounds, repelled by ear consciousness, repelled by ear contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling arises because of ear contact. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sotasmimpi nibbindati, saddesupi nibbindati …pe… </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They are repelled by the nose, repelled by smells, repelled by nose consciousness, repelled by nose contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling arises because of nose contact. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">ghānasmimpi nibbindati, gandhesupi nibbindati …pe… </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They are repelled by the tongue, repelled by tastes, repelled by tongue consciousness, repelled by tongue contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling arises because of tongue contact. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">jivhāyapi nibbindati, rasesupi nibbindati …pe… </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They are repelled by the body, repelled by touches, repelled by body consciousness, repelled by body contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling arises because of body contact. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kāyasmimpi nibbindati, phoṭṭhabbesupi nibbindati …pe… </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment">They are repelled by the mind, repelled by mental phenomena, repelled by mind consciousness, repelled by mind contact, and repelled by whatever pleasant, painful, or neither-pleasant-nor-painful feeling arises because of mind contact. </span
                  ><span class="pli-lang segment">manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati, </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Being repelled, they become desireless. Because they are desireless, they are freed. When they are freed, they know they are freed. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">nibbindaṁ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṁ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṁ hoti. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They understand that birth has come to an end, that the spiritual life has been fulfilled, that the job has been done, that there is no further state of existence.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyāti pajānātī”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_200</span>And while this exposition was being spoken, the minds of those one thousand monks were freed from the corruptions through letting go. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_200</span>Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsu. </span></span
                >
              </p>
            </section>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_201</span>The discourse on burning is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_201</span>Ādittapariyāyasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The third section for recitation on the wonders at Uruvelā is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Uruvelapāṭihāriyaṁ tatiyabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">13. The account of the meeting with Bimbisāra </span><span class="pli-lang segment">13. Bimbisārasamāgamakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_202</span>After staying at Gayāsīsa for as long as he liked, the Buddha set out wandering toward Rājagaha with that large sangha of one thousand monks, all of them previously dreadlocked ascetics. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_202</span>Atha kho bhagavā gayāsīse yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena rājagahaṁ tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi, mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he eventually arrived, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena rājagahaṁ tadavasari. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he stayed in the cane grove at the Suppatiṭṭha Shrine. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">King Seniya Bimbisāra of Magadha was told: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Assosi kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, the ascetic Gotama, the Sakyan, who has gone forth from the Sakyan clan, has arrived at Rājagaha and is staying in the cane grove at the Suppatiṭṭha Shrine. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito rājagahaṁ anuppatto rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That good Gotama has a fine reputation: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ kho pana bhagavantaṁ gotamaṁ evaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘He is a Buddha, perfected and fully awakened, complete in insight and conduct, happy, knower of the world, supreme leader of trainable people, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, a Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">With his own insight he has seen this world with its gods, its lords of death, and its supreme beings, this society with its monastics and brahmins, its gods and humans, and he makes it known to others. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He has a Teaching that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end. It has a true goal and is well articulated. He sets out a perfectly complete and pure spiritual life.’ </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So dhammaṁ deseti ādikalyāṇaṁ majjhekalyāṇaṁ pariyosānakalyāṇaṁ sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ pakāseti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">It’s good to see such perfected ones.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṁ arahataṁ dassanaṁ hotī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_203</span>Then, accompanied by one hundred and twenty thousand brahmin householders from Magadha, King Bimbisāra went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_203</span>Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro dvādasanahutehi māgadhikehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">Among those brahmins, some bowed to the Buddha and then sat down, some exchanged pleasantries with him and then sat down, some raised their joined palms and then sat down, some announced their name and family and then sat down, and some sat down in silence. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Tepi kho dvādasanahutā māgadhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṁ sāvetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tesaṁ dvādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is the Great Ascetic practicing the spiritual life under Uruvelā Kassapa, or is Uruvelā Kassapa practicing the spiritual life under the Great Ascetic?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kiṁ nu kho mahāsamaṇo uruvelakassape brahmacariyaṁ carati, udāhu uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ caratī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Reading their minds, the Buddha spoke to Venerable Uruvelā Kassapa in verse: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā tesaṁ dvādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya āyasmantaṁ uruvelakassapaṁ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_204</span>“The resident of Uruvelā, known as The Emaciated One—</span><span class="eng-lang">What did he see that he abandoned the fire? </span><span class="eng-lang">Kassapa, I ask you this: </span><span class="eng-lang">Why did you abandon the fire worship?” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.4.4">“Kimeva disvā uruvelavāsi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.4.5">Pahāsi aggiṁ kisakovadāno; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.4.6">Pucchāmi taṁ kassapa etamatthaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.4.7">Kathaṁ pahīnaṁ tava aggihuttan”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_205</span>“As a reward for the sacrifice, they promise sense pleasures: </span><span class="eng-lang">Sights, sounds, and tastes, and women, too. </span><span class="eng-lang">But knowing the stain of ownership, </span><span class="eng-lang">I found no delight in worship and sacrifice.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.4.8">“Rūpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.4.9">Kāmitthiyo cābhivadanti yaññā; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.4.10">Etaṁ malanti upadhīsu ñatvā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.4.11">Tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañjin”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_206</span>“So your mind didn’t delight there—</span><span class="eng-lang">In sights and sounds, and in tastes, too. </span><span class="eng-lang">What then, in the world of gods and humans, </span><span class="eng-lang">Does your mind delight in? Tell me this, Kassapa.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.5.1">“Ettheva te mano na ramittha, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.5.2">(kassapāti bhagavā) </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.5.3">Rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.5.4">Atha ko carahi devamanussaloke, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.5.5">Rato mano kassapa brūhi metan”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_207</span>“I saw the state of peace that is detached from sense existence, </span><span class="eng-lang">Where there is nothing and no ownership; </span><span class="eng-lang">It doesn’t change, and can’t be found through another. </span><span class="eng-lang">That’s why I found no delight in worship and sacrifice.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.5.6">“Disvā padaṁ santamanūpadhīkaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.5.7">Akiñcanaṁ kāmabhave asattaṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.5.8">Anaññathābhāvimanaññaneyyaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.5.9">Tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañjin”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_208</span>Uruvelā Kassapa got up from his seat, arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, bowed down with his head at the Buddha’s feet, and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_208</span>Atha kho āyasmā uruvelakassapo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, you’re my teacher, I’m your disciple; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmi; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">you’re my teacher, I’m your disciple.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The one hundred and twenty thousand brahmin householders from Magadha thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tesaṁ dvādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“So Uruvelā Kassapa is practicing the spiritual life under the Great Ascetic.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ caratī”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Reading their minds, the Buddha gave them a progressive talk—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā tesaṁ dvādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya anupubbiṁ kathaṁ kathesi, seyyathidaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">on generosity, morality, and heaven; on the danger, degradation, and defilement of worldly pleasures; and he revealed the benefits of renunciation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dānakathaṁ sīlakathaṁ saggakathaṁ kāmānaṁ ādīnavaṁ okāraṁ saṅkilesaṁ nekkhamme ānisaṁsaṁ pakāsesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the Buddha knew that their minds were ready, supple, without hindrances, joyful, and confident, he revealed the teaching unique to the Buddhas: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṁ sāmukkaṁsikā dhammadesanā, taṁ pakāsesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">suffering, its origin, its end, and the path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dukkhaṁ, samudayaṁ, nirodhaṁ, maggaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And just as a clean and stainless cloth absorbs dye properly, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṁ vatthaṁ apagatakāḷakaṁ sammadeva rajanaṁ paṭiggaṇheyya; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so too, while they were sitting right there, one hundred and ten thousand of those brahmin householders headed by Bimbisāra experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">evameva ekādasanahutānaṁ māgadhikānaṁ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṁ bimbisārappamukhānaṁ tasmiṁyeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The remaining ten thousand declared themselves as lay followers. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekanahutaṁ upāsakattaṁ paṭivedesi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_209</span>King Bimbisāra had seen the Truth, had reached, understood, and penetrated it. He had gone beyond doubt and uncertainty, had attained to confidence, and had become independent of others in the Teacher’s instruction. He then said to the Buddha, </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_209</span>Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṅkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, when I was a prince, I had five wishes, and they have now been fulfilled. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato pañca assāsakā ahesuṁ, te me etarahi samiddhā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When I was a prince, I thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘Oh, I wish they would anoint me as the king!’ That was my first wish, which has now been fulfilled. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘aho vata maṁ rajje abhisiñceyyun’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, paṭhamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘May one who is perfected and fully awakened come to my kingdom!’ That was my second wish, which has now been fulfilled. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘Tassa ca me vijitaṁ arahaṁ sammāsambuddho okkameyyā’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, dutiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘May I get to visit that Buddha!’ That was my third wish, which has now been fulfilled. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘Tañcāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāseyyan’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, tatiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘May that Buddha give me a teaching!’ That was my fourth wish, which has now been fulfilled. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘So ca me bhagavā dhammaṁ deseyyā’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, catuttho assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘May I understand the Teaching of that Buddha!’ That was my fifth wish, which has now been fulfilled. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘Tassa cāhaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ ājāneyyan’ti, ayaṁ kho me, bhante, pañcamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato ime pañca assāsakā ahesuṁ, te me etarahi samiddhā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Wonderful, Venerable Sir, wonderful! </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Just as one might set upright what had been overturned, or reveal what was hidden, or show the way to one who was lost, or bring a lamp into the darkness so that one with eyes might see what’s there—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya—‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">just so has the Buddha made the Teaching clear in many ways. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I go for refuge to the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Sangha of monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Please accept me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life. And please accept tomorrow’s meal from me together with the Sangha of monks.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upāsakaṁ maṁ, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gataṁ, adhivāsetu ca me, bhante, bhagavā, svātanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha consented by remaining silent. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Knowing that the Buddha had consented, the king got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The following morning King Bimbisāra had various kinds of fine food prepared. He then had the Buddha informed </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">that the meal was ready. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_210</span>The Buddha robed up, took his bowl and robe, and together with a large sangha of a thousand monks, all previously dreadlocked ascetics, he entered Rājagaha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_210</span>Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ pāvisi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Just then Sakka, the ruler of the gods, had transformed himself into a young brahmin. He walked in front of the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha, chanting these verses: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo māṇavakavaṇṇaṁ abhinimminitvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa purato purato gacchati imā gāthāyo gāyamāno—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_211</span>“The Tamed One with the tamed ones, previously dreadlocked; </span><span class="eng-lang">The Liberated One with the liberated ones: </span><span class="eng-lang">Golden in color, </span><span class="eng-lang">The Buddha entered Rājagaha. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.2">“Danto dantehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.3">Vippamutto vippamuttehi; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.4">Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.5">Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_212</span>The Freed One with the freed ones, previously dreadlocked; </span><span class="eng-lang">The Liberated One with the liberated ones: </span><span class="eng-lang">Golden in color, </span><span class="eng-lang">The Buddha entered Rājagaha. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.6">Mutto muttehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.7">Vippamutto vippamuttehi; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.8">Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.9">Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_213</span>The One Crossed Over with the ones crossed over, previously dreadlocked; </span><span class="eng-lang">The Liberated One with the liberated ones: </span><span class="eng-lang">Golden in color, </span><span class="eng-lang">The Buddha entered Rājagaha. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.10">Tiṇṇo tiṇṇehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.11">Vippamutto vippamuttehi; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.12">Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.13">Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_214</span>The Peaceful One with the peaceful ones, previously dreadlocked; </span><span class="eng-lang">The Liberated One with the liberated ones: </span><span class="eng-lang">Golden in color, </span><span class="eng-lang">The Buddha entered Rājagaha. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.14">Santo santehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.15">Vippamutto vippamuttehi; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.16">Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.17">Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_215</span>He has ten abidings and ten powers; </span><span class="eng-lang">He knows ten truths and has ten qualities—</span><span class="eng-lang">With a following of ten times one hundred, </span><span class="eng-lang">The Buddha entered Rājagaha.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.18">Dasavāso dasabalo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.19">Dasadhammavidū dasabhi cupeto; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.20">So dasasataparivāro, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.13.21">Rājagahaṁ pāvisi bhagavā”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_216</span>People saw Sakka, and they said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_216</span>Manussā sakkaṁ devānamindaṁ passitvā evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“This young brahmin is handsome and graceful. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“abhirūpo vatāyaṁ māṇavako, dassanīyo vatāyaṁ māṇavako, pāsādiko vatāyaṁ māṇavako. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Who is he?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kassa nu kho ayaṁ māṇavako”ti? </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Sakka replied to them in verse: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evaṁ vutte, sakko devānamindo te manusse gāthāya ajjhabhāsi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_217</span>“Unwavering and tamed in all respects, </span><span class="eng-lang">Purified, perfected, and without equal; </span><span class="eng-lang">The one in the world who is happy—</span><span class="eng-lang">I’m his servant.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.14.5">“Yo dhīro sabbadhi danto, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.14.6">suddho appaṭipuggalo; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.14.7">Arahaṁ sugato loke, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:22.14.8">tassāhaṁ paricārako”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_218</span>The Buddha then went to King Bimbisāra’s house where he sat down on the prepared seat, together with the Sangha of monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_218</span>Atha kho bhagavā yena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The king personally served various kinds of fine food to the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha. When the Buddha had finished his meal, the king sat down to one side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro buddhappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ ekamantaṁ nisīdi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And he thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekamantaṁ nisinnassa kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Where will the Buddha stay </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kattha nu kho bhagavā vihareyya? </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">that’s neither too far from habitation nor too close, that has good access roads and is easily accessible for people who seek him, that has few people during the day and is quiet at night, that’s free from chatter and offers solitude, a private resting place suitable for seclusion?” </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Yaṁ assa gāmato neva atidūre na accāsanne, gamanāgamanasampannaṁ, atthikānaṁ atthikānaṁ manussānaṁ abhikkamanīyaṁ, divā appākiṇṇaṁ, rattiṁ appasaddaṁ appanigghosaṁ vijanavātaṁ, manussarāhasseyyakaṁ, paṭisallānasāruppan”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And it occurred to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“My Bamboo Grove park has all these qualities. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“idaṁ kho amhākaṁ veḷuvanaṁ uyyānaṁ gāmato neva atidūre na accāsanne gamanāgamanasampannaṁ atthikānaṁ atthikānaṁ manussānaṁ abhikkamanīyaṁ divā appākiṇṇaṁ rattiṁ appasaddaṁ appanigghosaṁ vijanavātaṁ manussarāhasseyyakaṁ paṭisallānasāruppaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Why don’t I give it to the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yannūnāhaṁ veḷuvanaṁ uyyānaṁ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dadeyyan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The king then took hold of a golden ceremonial vessel and dedicated the park to the Buddha, saying, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sovaṇṇamayaṁ bhiṅkāraṁ gahetvā bhagavato oṇojesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I give this park, the Bamboo Grove, to the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“etāhaṁ, bhante, veḷuvanaṁ uyyānaṁ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha accepted the park. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After instructing, inspiring, and gladdening the king with a teaching, he got up from his seat and left. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṁ māgadhaṁ seniyaṁ bimbisāraṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I allow monasteries.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārāman”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_219</span>The account of the meeting with Bimbisāra is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_219</span>Bimbisārasamāgamakathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">14. The account of the going forth of Sāriputta and Moggallāna </span><span class="pli-lang segment">14. Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjākathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_220</span>At that time the wanderer Sañcaya was staying at Rājagaha with a large group of two hundred and fifty wanderers, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_220</span>Tena kho pana samayena sañcayo paribbājako rājagahe paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṁ aḍḍhateyyehi paribbājakasatehi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">including Sāriputta and Moggallāna. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena sāriputtamoggallānā sañcaye paribbājake brahmacariyaṁ caranti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The two of them had made an agreement </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tehi katikā katā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">that whoever reached the deathless first would inform the other. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yo paṭhamaṁ amataṁ adhigacchati, so itarassa ārocetū”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_221</span>Just then, Venerable Assaji robed up in the morning, took his bowl and robe, and entered Rājagaha for almsfood. He was pleasing in his conduct: in going out and coming back, in looking ahead and looking aside, in bending and stretching his arms. His eyes were lowered, and he was perfect in deportment. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_221</span>Atha kho āyasmā assaji pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena, okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The wanderer Sāriputta observed all this </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasā kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṁ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṁ iriyāpathasampannaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Disvānassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“This monk is one of those in the world who are perfected or on the path to perfection. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṁ vā samāpannā, ayaṁ tesaṁ bhikkhu aññataro. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Why don’t I go up to him and ask </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">in whose name he has gone forth, and who his teacher is or whose teachings he follows?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī’”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But it occurred to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s the wrong time to ask him while he’s walking for almsfood among the houses. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“akālo kho imaṁ bhikkhuṁ pucchituṁ, antaragharaṁ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Let me follow behind him, for one who seeks the path will find it.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṁ, atthikehi upaññātaṁ maggan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After walking for alms in Rājagaha, Assaji turned back with his almsfood. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho āyasmā assaji rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṁ ādāya paṭikkami. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Sāriputta then went up to him and exchanged pleasantries with him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho sāriputtopi paribbājako yenāyasmā assaji tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā assajinā saddhiṁ sammodi, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And he asked, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable, your senses are clear and your skin is pure and bright. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">In whose name have you gone forth? Who is your teacher or whose teaching do you follow?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“There’s a great ascetic, a Sakyan who has gone forth from the Sakyan clan. I’ve gone forth in his name, he’s my teacher, and I follow his teaching.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ rocemī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But what does he teach?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Kiṁvādī panāyasmato satthā, kimakkhāyī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I’ve only recently gone forth; I’m new to this spiritual path. I’m not able to give you the Teaching in full, but I can tell you the meaning in brief.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito, adhunāgato imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, na tāhaṁ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṁ desetuṁ, api ca te saṅkhittena atthaṁ vakkhāmī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Sāriputta replied, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṁ assajiṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Yes, please,” and he added: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“hotu, āvuso—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_222</span>“Speak little or much, </span><span class="eng-lang">But do tell me the meaning. </span><span class="eng-lang">I just want the meaning, </span><span class="eng-lang">For what’s the point of a detailed exposition?” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.4.6">Appaṁ vā bahuṁ vā bhāsassu, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.4.7">Atthaṁyeva me brūhi; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.4.8">Attheneva me attho, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.4.9">Kiṁ kāhasi byañjanaṁ bahun”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_223</span>And Assaji gave this teaching to the wanderer Sāriputta: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_223</span>Atha kho āyasmā assaji sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ abhāsi—</span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_224</span>“Of causally arisen things, </span><span class="eng-lang">The Buddha has declared their cause, </span><span class="eng-lang">As well as their ending. </span><span class="eng-lang">This is the teaching of the Great Ascetic.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.5.2">“Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.5.3">Tesaṁ hetuṁ tathāgato āha; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.5.4">Tesañca yo nirodho, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.5.5">Evaṁvādī mahāsamaṇo”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_225</span>When he had heard this teaching, Sāriputta experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_225</span>Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ sutvā virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhamman”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_226</span>“Now this is the truth, even just this much—</span><span class="eng-lang">The sorrowless state that you have penetrated, </span><span class="eng-lang">Unseen and neglected </span><span class="eng-lang">For innumerable eons.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.5.8">“Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.5.9">Paccabyattha padamasokaṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.5.10">Adiṭṭhaṁ abbhatītaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.5.11">Bahukehi kappanahutehī”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_227</span>Then the wanderer Sāriputta went to the wanderer Moggallāna. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_227</span>Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako yena moggallāno paribbājako tenupasaṅkami. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When Moggallāna saw him coming, he said to Sāriputta, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasā kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṁ paribbājakaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ, disvāna sāriputtaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Your senses are clear and your skin is pure and bright. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">You haven’t attained the deathless, have you?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kacci no tvaṁ, āvuso, amataṁ adhigato”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I have.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Āmāvuso, amataṁ adhigato”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But how did it happen?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yathākathaṁ pana tvaṁ, āvuso, amataṁ adhigato”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Sāriputta told him everything up to and including the teaching given by Assaji. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, addasaṁ assajiṁ bhikkhuṁ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṁ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṁ iriyāpathasampannaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Disvāna me etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṁ vā samāpannā, ayaṁ tesaṁ bhikkhu aññataro. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Tassa mayhaṁ, āvuso, etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘akālo kho imaṁ bhikkhuṁ pucchituṁ antaragharaṁ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati, yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṁ atthikehi upaññātaṁ maggan’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṁ ādāya paṭikkami. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, yena assaji bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamiṁ, upasaṅkamitvā assajinā bhikkhunā saddhiṁ sammodiṁ, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsiṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho ahaṁ, āvuso, assajiṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṁ dhammaṁ rocesī’ti? </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṁ bhagavantaṁ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ rocemī’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘Kiṁvādī panāyasmato satthā kimakkhāyī’ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘Ahaṁ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṁ dhammavinayaṁ, na tāhaṁ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṁ desetuṁ, api ca te saṅkhittena atthaṁ vakkhāmī’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, assajiṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘hotu, āvuso, </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.9.7">Appaṁ vā bahuṁ vā bhāsassu, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.9.8">Atthaṁyeva me brūhi; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.9.9">Attheneva me attho, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.9.10">Kiṁ kāhasi byañjanaṁ bahun’ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_229</span>Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ abhāsi—</span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.10.2">‘Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.10.3">Tesaṁ hetuṁ tathāgato āha; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.10.4">Tesañca yo nirodho, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.10.5">Evaṁvādī mahāsamaṇo’”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_231</span>When he had heard this teaching, Moggallāna experienced the stainless vision of the Truth: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_231</span>Atha kho moggallānassa paribbājakassa imaṁ dhammapariyāyaṁ sutvā virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ udapādi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Anything that has a beginning has an end.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yaṁ kiñci samudayadhammaṁ sabbaṁ taṁ nirodhadhammanti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_232</span>“Now this is the truth, even just this much—</span><span class="eng-lang">The sorrowless state that you have penetrated, </span><span class="eng-lang">Unseen and neglected </span><span class="eng-lang">For innumerable eons.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.10.8">Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.10.9">Paccabyattha padamasokaṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.10.10">Adiṭṭhaṁ abbhatītaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:23.10.11">Bahukehi kappanahutehī”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_233</span>Moggallāna said to Sāriputta, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_233</span>Atha kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Let’s go to the Buddha. He’s our teacher.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“gacchāma mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But these two hundred and fifty wanderers look to us for support. We must tell them first, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Imāni kho, āvuso, aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni amhe nissāya amhe sampassantā idha viharanti, tepi tāva apalokema. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so that they may take appropriate action.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yathā te maññissanti, tathā te karissantī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And they went to those wanderers and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena te paribbājakā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā te paribbājake etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“We’re going over to the Buddha. He’s our teacher.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“gacchāma mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But we look to you for support. If you are to practice the spiritual life under the Great Ascetic, so will all of us.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Mayaṁ āyasmante nissāya āyasmante sampassantā idha viharāma, sace āyasmantā mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carissanti, sabbeva mayaṁ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṁ carissāmā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_234</span>Then Sāriputta and Moggallāna went to Sañcaya and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_234</span>Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena sañcayo paribbājako tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā sañcayaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“We’re going over to the Buddha. He’s our teacher.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“gacchāma mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Don’t go! The three of us can look after this community together.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Alaṁ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharissāmā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Sāriputta and Moggallāna said the same thing a second time </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dutiyampi kho …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and a third time, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">tatiyampi kho sāriputtamoggallānā sañcayaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“gacchāma mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and they got the same reply. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Alaṁ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṁ gaṇaṁ pariharissāmā”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They then took those two hundred and fifty wanderers and went to the Bamboo Grove. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā tāni aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni ādāya yena veḷuvanaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But the wanderer Sañcaya vomited hot blood right there. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sañcayassa pana paribbājakassa tattheva uṇhaṁ lohitaṁ mukhato uggañchi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_235</span>When the Buddha saw Sāriputta and Moggallāna coming, he said to the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_235</span>Addasā kho bhagavā sāriputtamoggallāne dūratova āgacchante, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The two friends Kolita and Upatissa are coming. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ete, bhikkhave, dve sahāyakā āgacchanti, kolito upatisso ca. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They will become my most eminent disciples, an excellent pair.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Etaṁ me sāvakayugaṁ bhavissati aggaṁ bhaddayugan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_236</span>They had not even reached the Bamboo Grove, </span><span class="eng-lang">Yet had a profound range of knowledge, </span><span class="eng-lang">About the supreme end of ownership, about freedom. </span><span class="eng-lang">And the Teacher said of them: </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.3.6">Gambhīre ñāṇavisaye, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.3.7">Anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.3.8">Vimutte appatte veḷuvanaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.3.9">Atha ne satthā byākāsi. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_237</span>“These two friends are coming, </span><span class="eng-lang">Kolita and Upatissa. </span><span class="eng-lang">They will be an excellent pair, </span><span class="eng-lang">My most eminent disciples.” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.3.10">“Ete dve sahāyakā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.3.11">Āgacchanti kolito upatisso ca; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.3.12">Etaṁ me sāvakayugaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.3.13">Bhavissati aggaṁ bhaddayugan”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_238</span>Sāriputta and Moggallāna approached the Buddha, bowed down with their heads at the his feet, and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_238</span>Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, we wish to receive the going forth in your presence. We wish to receive the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said, “Come, monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Etha bhikkhavo”ti bhagavā avoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That was the full ordination of those venerables. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāva tesaṁ āyasmantānaṁ upasampadā ahosi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h3>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">14.1 The going forth of the well-known </span><span class="pli-lang segment">14.1. Abhiññātānaṁpabbajjā </span></span>
            </h3>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_239</span>At that time many well-known gentlemen from Magadha who were practicing the spiritual life under the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_239</span>Tena kho pana samayena abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caranti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">“The ascetic Gotama is making us childless; he’s making us widows. He’s breaking up good families! A thousand dreadlocked ascetics have now gone forth because of him, and also these two hundred and fifty wanderers who were disciples of Sañcaya. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">“aputtakatāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, vedhabyāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, kulupacchedāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, idāni anena jaṭilasahassaṁ pabbājitaṁ, imāni ca aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni sañcayāni pabbājitāni. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">All these well-known gentlemen from Magadha are practicing the spiritual life under the ascetic Gotama.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ime ca abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ carantī”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And when they saw monks, they confronted them with this verse: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Apissu bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_240</span>“The Great Ascetic has arrived </span><span class="eng-lang">At Giribbaja in Magadha. </span><span class="eng-lang">After leading away all of Sañcaya’s disciples, </span><span class="eng-lang">Who will he lead away next?” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.5.6">“Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.5.7">māgadhānaṁ giribbajaṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.5.8">Sabbe sañcaye netvāna, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.5.9">kaṁsu dāni nayissatī”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_241</span>The monks heard the complaints of those people </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_241</span>Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and they told the Buddha what had happened. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The complaining will soon stop. It will only go on for seven days. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na, bhikkhave, so saddo ciraṁ bhavissati, sattāhameva bhavissati, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyissati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Still, when people confront you like this, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena hi, bhikkhave, ye tumhe imāya gāthāya codenti—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"></span><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.6.5">‘Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.6.6">māgadhānaṁ giribbajaṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.6.7">Sabbe sañcaye netvāna, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.6.8">kaṁsu dāni nayissatī’ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_243</span>you can confront them in return with this verse: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_243</span>Te tumhe imāya gāthāya paṭicodetha—</span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_244</span>‘Indeed, the Great Heroes, the Buddhas, </span><span class="eng-lang">Lead by means of a good teaching. </span><span class="eng-lang">When you understand this, what indignation can there be </span><span class="eng-lang">Toward those who lead legitimately?’” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.6.10">‘Nayanti ve mahāvīrā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.6.11">saddhammena tathāgatā; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.6.12">Dhammena nayamānānaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.6.13">kā usūyā vijānatan’”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_245</span>Soon, when they saw monks, people confronted them with the same verse: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_245</span>Tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti—</span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_246</span>“The Great Ascetic has arrived </span><span class="eng-lang">At Giribbaja in Magadha. </span><span class="eng-lang">After leading away all of Sañcaya’s disciples, </span><span class="eng-lang">Who will he lead away next?” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.7.2">“Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.7.3">māgadhānaṁ giribbajaṁ; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.7.4">Sabbe sañcaye netvāna, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.7.5">kaṁsu dāni nayissatī”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_247</span>And the monks confronted them in return with this verse: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_247</span>Bhikkhū te manusse imāya gāthāya paṭicodenti—</span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_248</span>“Indeed, the Great Heroes, the Buddhas, </span><span class="eng-lang">Lead by means of a good teaching. </span><span class="eng-lang">When you understand this, what indignation can there be </span><span class="eng-lang">Toward those who lead legitimately?” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.7.7">“Nayanti ve mahāvīrā, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.7.8">saddhammena tathāgatā; </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.7.9">Dhammena nayamānānaṁ, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:24.7.10">kā usūyā vijānatan”ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_249</span>People thought, “So it seems the Sakyan monastics lead legitimately, not illegitimately.” The complaining went on for seven days and then stopped. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_249</span>Manussā dhammena kira samaṇā sakyaputtiyā nenti no adhammenāti sattāhameva so saddo ahosi, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyi. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_250</span>The account of the going forth of Sāriputta and Moggallāna is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_250</span>Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjākathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The fourth section for recitation is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Catutthabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">15. Discussion of the proper conduct toward the preceptor </span><span class="pli-lang segment">15. Upajjhāyavattakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_251</span>At that time the monks did not have preceptors or teachers, and as a result they were not being instructed. When walking for almsfood, they were shabbily dressed and improper in appearance. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_251</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakā anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While people were eating, they held out their almsbowls to receive leftovers, even right over their food, whether it was cooked or fresh food, delicacies or drinks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They ate bean curry and rice that they themselves had asked for, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and they were noisy in the dining hall. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can the Sakyan monastics act like this? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They are just like brahmins at a brahminical meal!” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_252</span>The monks heard the complaints of those people. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_252</span>Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks of few desires, who had a sense of conscience, and who were contented, afraid of wrongdoing, and fond of the training, complained and criticized them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ye te bhikkhū appicchā santuṭṭhā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can monks act like this?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissantī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They then told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te bhikkhū …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_253</span>Soon afterwards the Buddha had the Sangha gathered and questioned the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_253</span>Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṁ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is it true, monks, that monks act like this?” </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">“saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharantī”ti? </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s true, Sir.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha rebuked them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vigarahi buddho bhagavā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s not suitable for those foolish men, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ananucchavikaṁ, bhikkhave, tesaṁ moghapurisānaṁ ananulomikaṁ appatirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">How can they act like this? </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This will affect people’s confidence, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Netaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and cause some to lose it.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha khvetaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānañceva appasādāya, pasannānañca ekaccānaṁ aññathattāyā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">Then the Buddha spoke in many ways in dispraise of being difficult to support and maintain, in dispraise of great desires, discontent, socializing, and laziness; but he spoke in many ways in praise of being easy to support and maintain, of fewness of wishes, contentment, self-effacement, ascetic practices, serenity, reduction in things, and being energetic. After giving a teaching on what is right and proper, he addressed the monks: </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya mahicchatāya asantuṭṭhitāya saṅgaṇikāya kosajjassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsitvā anekapariyāyena subharatāya suposatāya appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa vīriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṁ tadanucchavikaṁ tadanulomikaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_254</span>“There should be a preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_254</span>“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upajjhāyaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The preceptor should think of his student as a son and the student his preceptor as a father. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upajjhāyo, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi puttacittaṁ upaṭṭhapessati, saddhivihāriko upajjhāyamhi pitucittaṁ upaṭṭhapessati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">In this way they will respect, esteem, and be considerate toward each other, and they will grow and reach greatness on this spiritual path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evaṁ te aññamaññaṁ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuḍḍhiṁ viruḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissanti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">A preceptor should be chosen like this. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upajjhāyo gahetabbo—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After arranging his upper robe over one shoulder, a student should pay respect at the feet of the potential preceptor. He should then squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘Venerable, please be my preceptor.’ </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And he should repeat this a second </span><span class="pli-lang segment">upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and a third time. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohī’ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the other conveys the following by body, by speech, or by body and speech: ‘Yes;’ ‘No problem;’ ‘It’s suitable;’ ‘It’s appropriate;’ or, ‘Carry on with inspiration’—then a preceptor has been chosen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāhūti vā lahūti vā opāyikanti vā patirūpanti vā pāsādikena sampādehīti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti upajjhāyo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the other doesn’t convey this by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then a preceptor hasn’t been chosen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti upajjhāyo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_255</span>“A student should conduct himself properly toward his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_255</span>Saddhivihārikena, bhikkhave, upajjhāyamhi sammā vattitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is the proper conduct: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatrāyaṁ sammāvattanā—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_256</span>Having gotten up at the appropriate time, the student should remove his sandals and arrange his upper robe over one shoulder. He should then give his preceptor a tooth cleaner and water for rinsing the mouth, and he should prepare a seat for him. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_256</span>Kālasseva vuṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṁ dātabbaṁ, mukhodakaṁ dātabbaṁ, āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is congee, he should rinse a vessel and bring the congee to his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṁ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he has drunk the congee, the student should give him water and receive the vessel. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it and then put it away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yāguṁ pītassa udakaṁ datvā bhājanaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the preceptor has gotten up, the student should put away the seat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_257</span>If the preceptor wants to enter the village, the student should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. He should give him a belt. He should put the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, and then give them to him. He should rinse his preceptor’s bowl and give it to him while wet. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_257</span>Sace upajjhāyo gāmaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, kāyabandhanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor wants an attendant, the student should put on his sarong evenly all around, covering the navel and the knees. He should put on a belt. Putting the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, he should put them on and fasten the toggle. He should rinse his bowl, bring it along, and be his preceptor’s attendant. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyo pacchāsamaṇaṁ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṁ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṁ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṁ bandhitvā saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṁ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṁ gahetvā upajjhāyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t walk too far behind his preceptor or too close to him. He should receive the contents of his bowl. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nātidūre gantabbaṁ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṁ, pattapariyāpannaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t interrupt his preceptor when he’s speaking. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na upajjhāyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_258</span>But if the preceptor’s speech is bordering on an offense, he should stop him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_258</span>Upajjhāyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">When returning, the student should go first to prepare a seat and to set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should go out to meet the preceptor and receive his bowl and robe. He should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Nivattantena paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the robe is moist, he should sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace cīvaraṁ sinnaṁ hoti, muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbaṁ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṁ nidahitabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should fold the robe, offsetting the edges by seven centimeters, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ, cīvaraṁ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṁ kaṇṇaṁ ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so that the fold doesn’t become worn. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_259</span>He should place the belt in the fold. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_259</span>Obhoge kāyabandhanaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is almsfood and his preceptor wants to eat, the student should give him water and then the almsfood. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, upajjhāyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṁ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should ask his preceptor if he wants water to drink. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">When the preceptor has eaten, the student should give him water and receive his bowl. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it. He should then dry it and sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhuttāvissa udakaṁ datvā pattaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā vodakaṁ katvā muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The student should put away the robe and bowl. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the preceptor has gotten up, the student should put away the seat and also the foot stool, the foot scraper, and the water for washing the feet. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ paṭisāmetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_260</span>If the preceptor wants to bathe, the student should prepare a bath. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_260</span>Sace upajjhāyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he wants a cold bath, he should prepare that; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">if he wants a hot bath, he should prepare that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_261</span>If the preceptor wants to take a sauna, the student should knead bath powder, moisten the clay, take a sauna bench, and follow behind his preceptor. After giving the preceptor the sauna bench, receiving his robe, and putting it aside, he should give him the bath powder and the clay. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_261</span>Sace upajjhāyo jantāgharaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṁ sannetabbaṁ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya upajjhāyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṁ datvā cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ, cuṇṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, mattikā dātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he’s able, he should enter the sauna. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When entering the sauna, he should smear his face with clay, cover himself front and back, and then enter. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāgharaṁ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṁ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t sit encroaching on the senior monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and he shouldn’t block the junior monks from getting a seat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While in the sauna, he should provide assistance to his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāghare upajjhāyassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When leaving the sauna, he should take the sauna bench, cover himself front and back, and then leave. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_262</span>He should also provide assistance to his preceptor in the water. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_262</span>Udakepi upajjhāyassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">When he has bathed, he should be the first to come out. He should dry himself and put on his sarong. He should then wipe the water off his preceptor’s body, and he should give him his sarong and then his upper robe. Taking the sauna bench, he should be the first to return. He should prepare a seat, and also set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should ask his preceptor if he wants water to drink. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Nahātena paṭhamataraṁ uttaritvā attano gattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā nivāsetvā upajjhāyassa gattato udakaṁ pamajjitabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor wants him to recite, he should do so. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisitabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor wants to question him, he should be questioned. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_263</span>If the dwelling where the preceptor is staying is dirty, the student should clean it if he’s able. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_263</span>Yasmiṁ vihāre upajjhāyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he’s cleaning the dwelling, he should first take out the bowl and robe and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vihāraṁ sodhentena paṭhamaṁ pattacīvaraṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the sitting mat and the sheet and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the mattress and the pillow and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhisibibbohanaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Holding the bed low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mañco nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Holding the bench low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pīṭhaṁ nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the bed supports and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the spittoon and put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the leaning board and put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Apassenaphalakaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After taking note of its position, he should take out the floor cover and put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhūmattharaṇaṁ yathāpaññattaṁ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the dwelling has cobwebs, he should first remove them from the ceiling cloth, and he should then wipe the windows and the corners of the room. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace vihāre santānakaṁ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṁ ohāretabbaṁ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the walls have been treated with red ocher and they’re moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the walls. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the floor has been treated with a black finish and it’s moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the floor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the floor is untreated, he should sprinkle it with water and then sweep it, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">while trying to avoid stirring up dust. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should look out for any trash and discard it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saṅkāraṁ vicinitvā ekamantaṁ chaḍḍetabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_264</span>He should sun the floor cover, clean it, beat it, bring it back inside, and put it back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_264</span>Bhūmattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the bed supports, wipe them, bring them back inside, and put them back where they were. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the bed, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the bench, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pīṭhaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the mattress and the pillow, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhisibibbohanaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the sitting mat and the sheet, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the spittoon, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the leaning board, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Apassenaphalakaṁ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should put away the bowl and robe. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_265</span>If dusty winds are blowing from the east, he should close the windows on the eastern side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_265</span>Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If dusty winds are blowing from the west, he should close the windows on the western side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If dusty winds are blowing from the north, he should close the windows on the northern side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If dusty winds are blowing from the south, he should close the windows on the southern side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the weather is cold, he should open the windows during the day and close them at night. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṁ thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the weather is hot, he should close the windows during the day and open them at night. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṁ vivaritabbā. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_266</span>If the yard is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_266</span>Sace pariveṇaṁ uklāpaṁ hoti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the gatehouse is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the assembly hall is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the water-boiling shed is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the restroom is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is no water for drinking, he should get some. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace pānīyaṁ na hoti, pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is no water for washing, he should get some. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace paribhojanīyaṁ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is no water in the restroom ablution pot, he should fill it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ āsiñcitabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_267</span>If the preceptor becomes discontent with the spiritual life, the student should send him away or have him sent away, or he should give him a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_267</span>Sace upajjhāyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, saddhivihārikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor becomes anxious, the student should dispel it or have it dispelled, or he should give him a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena vinodetabbaṁ, vinodāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor has wrong view, the student should make him give it up or have someone else do it, or he should give him a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena vivecetabbaṁ, vivecāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor has committed a heavy offense and deserves probation, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyo garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the student should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa parivāsaṁ dadeyyāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor has committed a heavy offense and deserves to be sent back to the beginning, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyo mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the student should try to get the Sangha to do it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṁ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor has committed a heavy offense and deserves the trial period, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyo mānattāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the student should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa mānattaṁ dadeyyāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor has committed a heavy offense and deserves rehabilitation, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyo abbhānāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the student should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṁ abbheyyāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against his preceptor—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the student should make an effort to stop it or to reduce the penalty. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṁ na kareyya lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But if the Sangha has already done a legal procedure against his preceptor—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the student should help the preceptor conduct himself properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released, and try to get the Sangha to lift that procedure. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho upajjhāyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_268</span>If the preceptor’s robe needs washing, the student should do it himself, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_268</span>Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ dhovitabbaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena dhovitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get it done. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ dhoviyethāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor needs a robe, the student should make one himself, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena kātabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get one made. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ kariyethāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor needs dye, the student should make it himself, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyassa rajanaṁ pacitabbaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena pacitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get it made. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa rajanaṁ paciyethāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor’s robe needs dyeing, the student should do it himself, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ rajitabbaṁ hoti, saddhivihārikena rajitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get it done. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ rajiyethāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he’s dyeing the robe, he should carefully and repeatedly turn it over, and shouldn’t go away while it’s still dripping. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ rajantena sādhukaṁ samparivattakaṁ samparivattakaṁ rajitabbaṁ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_269</span>Without asking his preceptor for permission, he shouldn’t do any of the following: give away or receive a bowl; </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_269</span>Na upajjhāyaṁ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">give away or receive a robe; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa cīvaraṁ dātabbaṁ, na ekaccassa cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">give away or receive a requisite; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo, na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">cut anyone’s hair or get it cut; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā, na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">provide assistance to anyone or have assistance provided by anyone; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ, na ekaccena parikammaṁ kārāpetabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">do a service for anyone or get a service done by anyone; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo, na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">be the attendant monk for anyone or take anyone as his attendant monk; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṁ, na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">bring back almsfood for anyone or get almsfood brought back by anyone; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo, na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">enter the village, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na upajjhāyaṁ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">go to the charnel ground, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na susānaṁ gantabbaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or leave for another region. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na disā pakkamitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If his preceptor is sick, he should nurse him for as long as he lives, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṁ upaṭṭhātabbo; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should wait until he’s recovered.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabban”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_270</span>The proper conduct toward the preceptor is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_270</span>Upajjhāyavattaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">16. Discussion of the proper conduct toward a student </span><span class="pli-lang segment">16. Saddhivihārikavattakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_271</span>“And a preceptor should conduct himself properly toward his student. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_271</span>“Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi sammā vattitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is the proper conduct: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatrāyaṁ sammāvattanā—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_272</span>A preceptor should help and take care of his student through recitation, questioning, and instruction. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_272</span>Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihāriko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor has a bowl, but not the student, the preceptor should give it to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyassa patto hoti, saddhivihārikassa patto na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get him one. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa patto uppajjiyethāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor has a robe, but not the student, the preceptor should give it to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṁ hoti, saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ dātabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get him one. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ uppajjiyethāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor has a requisite, but not the student, the preceptor should give it to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upajjhāyassa parikkhāro hoti, saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get him one. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_273</span>If the student is sick, the preceptor should get up at the appropriate time and give his student a tooth cleaner and water for rinsing the mouth, and he should prepare a seat for him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_273</span>Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṁ dātabbaṁ, mukhodakaṁ dātabbaṁ, āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is congee, he should rinse a vessel and bring the congee to his student. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṁ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he has drunk the congee, the preceptor should give him water and receive the vessel. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it and then put it away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yāguṁ pītassa udakaṁ datvā bhājanaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the student has gotten up, the preceptor should put away the seat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_274</span>If the student wants to enter the village, the preceptor should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. He should give him a belt. He should put the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, and then give them to him. He should rinse his student’s bowl and give it to him while wet. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_274</span>Sace saddhivihāriko gāmaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, kāyabandhanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">Before he’s due back, the preceptor should prepare a seat and set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should go out to meet the student and receive his bowl and robe. He should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the robe is moist, he should sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace cīvaraṁ sinnaṁ hoti, muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbaṁ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṁ nidahitabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should fold the robe, offsetting the edges by seven centimeters, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ, cīvaraṁ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṁ kaṇṇaṁ ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so that the fold doesn’t become worn. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should place the belt in the fold. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Obhoge kāyabandhanaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_275</span>If there is almsfood and his student wants to eat, the preceptor should give him water and then the almsfood. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_275</span>Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, saddhivihāriko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṁ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should ask his student if he wants water to drink. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">When the student has eaten, the preceptor should give him water and receive his bowl. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it. He should then dry it and sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhuttāvissa udakaṁ datvā pattaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā vodakaṁ katvā muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The preceptor should put away the robe and bowl. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the student has gotten up, the preceptor should put away the seat and also the foot stool, the foot scraper, and the water for washing the feet. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ paṭisāmetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_276</span>If the student wants to bathe, the preceptor should prepare a bath. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_276</span>Sace saddhivihāriko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he wants a cold bath, he should prepare that; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">if he wants a hot bath, he should prepare that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_277</span>If the student wants to take a sauna, the preceptor should knead bath powder, moisten the clay, take a sauna bench, and go to the sauna. After giving the student the sauna bench, receiving his robe, and putting it aside, he should give him the bath powder and the clay. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_277</span>Sace saddhivihāriko jantāgharaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṁ sannetabbaṁ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṁ datvā cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ, cuṇṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, mattikā dātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he’s able, he should enter the sauna. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When entering the sauna, he should smear his face with clay, cover himself front and back, and then enter. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāgharaṁ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṁ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t sit encroaching on the senior monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and he shouldn’t block the junior monks from getting a seat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While in the sauna, he should provide assistance to his student. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāghare saddhivihārikassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When leaving the sauna, he should take the sauna bench, cover himself front and back, and then leave. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_278</span>The preceptor should also provide assistance to his student in the water. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_278</span>Udakepi saddhivihārikassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the preceptor has bathed, he should be the first to come out. He should dry himself and put on his sarong. He should then wipe the water off his student’s body, and he should give him his sarong and then his upper robe. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nahātena paṭhamataraṁ uttaritvā attano gattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā nivāsetvā saddhivihārikassa gattato udakaṁ pamajjitabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Taking the sauna bench, he should be the first to return. He should prepare a seat, and also set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should ask his student if he wants water to drink. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_279</span>If the dwelling where the student is staying is dirty, the preceptor should clean it if he’s able. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_279</span>Yasmiṁ vihāre saddhivihāriko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he’s cleaning the dwelling, he should first take out the bowl and robe and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vihāraṁ sodhentena paṭhamaṁ pattacīvaraṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the sitting mat and the sheet and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the mattress and the pillow and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhisibibbohanaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Holding the bed low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mañco nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Holding the bench low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">pīṭhaṁ nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the bed supports and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the spittoon and put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the leaning board and put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">apassenaphalakaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After taking note of its position, he should take out the floor cover and put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhūmattharaṇaṁ yathāpaññattaṁ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the dwelling has cobwebs, he should first remove them from the ceiling cloth, and he should then wipe the windows and the corners of the room. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace vihāre santānakaṁ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṁ ohāretabbaṁ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the walls have been treated with red ocher and they’re moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the walls. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the floor has been treated with a black finish and it’s moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the floor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the floor is untreated, he should sprinkle it with water and then sweep it, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">while trying to avoid stirring up dust. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should look out for any trash and discard it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saṅkāraṁ vicinitvā ekamantaṁ chaḍḍetabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_280</span>He should sun the floor cover, clean it, beat it, bring it back inside, and put it back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_280</span>Bhūmattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the bed supports, wipe them, bring them back inside, and put them back where they were. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the bed, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the bench, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pīṭhaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the mattress and the pillow, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhisibibbohanaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the sitting mat and the sheet, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the spittoon, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the leaning board, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Apassenaphalakaṁ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should put away the bowl and robe. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_281</span>If dusty winds are blowing from the east, he should close the windows on the eastern side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_281</span>Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If dusty winds are blowing from the west, he should close the windows on the western side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If dusty winds are blowing from the north, he should close the windows on the northern side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If dusty winds are blowing from the south, he should close the windows on the southern side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the weather is cold, he should open the windows during the day and close them at night. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṁ thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the weather is hot, he should close the windows during the day and open them at night. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṁ vivaritabbā. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_282</span>If the yard is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_282</span>Sace pariveṇaṁ uklāpaṁ hoti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the gatehouse is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the assembly hall is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the water-boiling shed is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the restroom is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is no water for drinking, he should get some. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace pānīyaṁ na hoti, pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is no water for washing, he should get some. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace paribhojanīyaṁ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is no water in the restroom ablution pot, he should fill it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ āsiñcitabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_283</span>If the student becomes discontent with the spiritual life, the preceptor should send him away or have him sent away, or he should give him a teaching </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_283</span>Sace saddhivihārikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, upajjhāyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the student becomes anxious, the preceptor should dispel it or have it dispelled, or he should give him a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saddhivihārikassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena vinodetabbaṁ, vinodāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the student has wrong view, the preceptor should make him give it up or have someone else do it, or he should give him a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saddhivihārikassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena vivecetabbaṁ, vivecāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the student has committed a heavy offense and deserves probation, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saddhivihāriko garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the preceptor should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa parivāsaṁ dadeyyāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the student has committed a heavy offense and deserves to be sent back to the beginning, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saddhivihāriko mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the preceptor should try to get the Sangha to do it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṁ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the student has committed a heavy offense and deserves the trial period, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saddhivihāriko mānattāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the preceptor should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa mānattaṁ dadeyyāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the student has committed a heavy offense and deserves rehabilitation, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saddhivihāriko abbhānāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the preceptor should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṁ abbheyyāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against his student—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the preceptor should make an effort to stop it or to reduce the penalty. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṁ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But if the Sangha has already done a legal procedure against his student—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the preceptor should help the student conduct himself properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released, and try to get the Sangha to lift that procedure. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saddhivihāriko sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_284</span>If the student’s robe needs washing, the preceptor should show him how to do it, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_284</span>Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ dhovitabbaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṁ evaṁ dhoveyyāsīti, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get it done. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ dhoviyethāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the student needs a robe, the preceptor should show him how to make one, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṁ evaṁ kareyyāsīti, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get one made. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ kariyethāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the student needs dye, the preceptor should show him how to make it, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saddhivihārikassa rajanaṁ pacitabbaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṁ evaṁ paceyyāsīti, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get it made. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa rajanaṁ paciyethāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the student’s robe needs dyeing, the preceptor should show him how to do it, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ rajitabbaṁ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṁ, evaṁ rajeyyāsīti, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get it done. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṁ rajiyethāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he’s dyeing the robe, he should carefully and repeatedly turn it over, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ rajantena sādhukaṁ samparivattakaṁ samparivattakaṁ rajitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and shouldn’t go away while it’s still dripping. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If his student is sick, he should nurse him for as long as he lives, or he should wait until he’s recovered.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṁ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabban”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_285</span>The proper conduct toward a student is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_285</span>Saddhivihārikavattaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">17. Discussion on dismissal </span><span class="pli-lang segment">17. Paṇāmitakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_286</span>On a later occasion the students did not conduct themselves properly toward their preceptors. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_286</span>Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks of few desires complained and criticized them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can students not conduct themselves properly toward their preceptors?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha what had happened. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is it true, monks, that students are acting like this?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattantī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s true, Sir.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha rebuked them … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can students not conduct themselves properly toward their preceptors?” … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantīti …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After rebuking them … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">vigarahitvā …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“A student should conduct himself properly toward his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikena upajjhāyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They still did not conduct themselves properly. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Neva sammā vattanti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_287</span>They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_287</span>Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You should dismiss one who doesn’t conduct himself properly. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And this is how he should be dismissed. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">If the preceptor conveys the following by body, by speech, or by body and speech: ‘I dismiss you;’ ‘Don’t come back here;’ ‘Remove your bowl and robe;’ or, ‘You shouldn’t attend on me’—then the student has been dismissed. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">‘paṇāmemi tan’ti vā, ‘māyidha paṭikkamī’ti vā, ‘nīhara te pattacīvaran’ti vā, ‘nāhaṁ tayā upaṭṭhātabbo’ti vā, kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he doesn’t convey this by body, speech, or by body and speech, then the student hasn’t been dismissed.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_288</span>Students who had been dismissed did not ask for forgiveness. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_288</span>Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You should ask for forgiveness.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They still did not ask for forgiveness. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Neva khamāpenti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“One who has been dismissed should ask for forgiveness. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_289</span>Preceptors who were asked for forgiveness did not forgive. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_289</span>Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You should forgive.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They still did not forgive. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Neva khamanti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The students left, disrobed, and joined the monastics of other religions. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saddhivihārikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“When asked for forgiveness, you should forgive. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_290</span>Preceptors dismissed students who were conducting themselves properly and did not dismiss those who were not. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_290</span>Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā sammāvattantaṁ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṁ na paṇāmenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t dismiss someone who is conducting himself properly. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And you should dismiss someone who isn’t conducting himself properly. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_291</span>If a student has five qualities, he should be dismissed: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_291</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he doesn’t have much affection for his preceptor; he doesn’t have much confidence in his preceptor; he doesn’t have much conscience toward his preceptor; he doesn’t have much respect for his preceptor; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_292</span>If a student has five qualities, he shouldn’t be dismissed: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_292</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he has much affection for his preceptor; he has much confidence in his preceptor; he has much conscience toward his preceptor; he has much respect for his preceptor; he has developed his mind much under his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_293</span>If a student has five qualities, he deserves to be dismissed: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_293</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he doesn’t have much affection for his preceptor; he doesn’t have much confidence in his preceptor; he doesn’t have much conscience toward his preceptor; he doesn’t have much respect for his preceptor; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_294</span>If a student has five qualities, he doesn’t deserve to be dismissed: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_294</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he has much affection for his preceptor; he has much confidence in his preceptor; he has much conscience toward his preceptor; he has much respect for his preceptor; he has developed his mind much under his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_295</span>If a student has five qualities, the preceptor is at fault if he doesn’t dismiss him, but not if he does: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_295</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ saddhivihārikaṁ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">the student doesn’t have much affection for his preceptor; he doesn’t have much confidence in his preceptor; he doesn’t have much conscience toward his preceptor; he doesn’t have much respect for his preceptor; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ saddhivihārikaṁ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_296</span>If a student has five qualities, the preceptor is at fault if he dismisses him, but not if he doesn’t: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_296</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ saddhivihārikaṁ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the student has much affection for his preceptor; he has much confidence in his preceptor; he has much conscience toward his preceptor; he has much respect for his preceptor; he has developed his mind much under his preceptor.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ saddhivihārikaṁ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_297</span>On one occasion a brahmin went to the monks and asked for the going forth, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_297</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">but the monks declined. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ bhikkhū na icchiṁsu pabbājetuṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">As a result, he became thin, haggard, and pale, with veins protruding all over his body. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṁ alabhamāno kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha saw him, and he asked the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasā kho bhagavā taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ kisaṁ lūkhaṁ dubbaṇṇaṁ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṁ dhamanisanthatagattaṁ, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Why is that brahmin looking so sickly?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kiṁ nu kho so, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇo kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told him what had happened. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Eso, bhante, brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ bhikkhū na icchiṁsu pabbājetuṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṁ alabhamāno kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Does anyone remember any act of service from that brahmin?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ko nu kho, bhikkhave, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṁ sarasī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Venerable Sāriputta replied, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I do, Sir.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ahaṁ kho, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṁ sarāmī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“What service do you remember, Sāriputta?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Kiṁ pana tvaṁ, sāriputta, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṁ sarasī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“When I was walking for almsfood here in Rājagaha, that brahmin gave a ladleful of food.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Idha me, bhante, so brāhmaṇo rājagahe piṇḍāya carantassa kaṭacchubhikkhaṁ dāpesi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Imaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṁ sarāmī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Good, good, Sāriputta, superior people have gratitude. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, kataññuno hi, sāriputta, sappurisā katavedino. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Well then, Sāriputta, give that brahmin the going forth and the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena hi tvaṁ, sāriputta, taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ pabbājehi upasampādehī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But how should I do it?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Kathāhaṁ, bhante, taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ pabbājemi upasampādemī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_298</span>The Buddha then gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_298</span>Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“From today I rescind the full ordination through the taking of the three refuges. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yā sā, bhikkhave, mayā tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadā anuññātā, taṁ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Instead you should give the full ordination through a legal procedure consisting of one motion and three announcements. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ñatticatutthena kammena upasampādetuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And the ordination should be done like this. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">A competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—</span></span>
            </p>
            <section class="kamma">
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘Please, Venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So-and-so wants the full ordination with Venerable so-and-so. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If it seems appropriate to the Sangha, the Sangha should give the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is the motion. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Esā ñatti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_299</span>Please, Venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_299</span>Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So-and-so wants the full ordination with Venerable so-and-so. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_300</span>Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_300</span>yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">For the second time I speak on this matter. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dutiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Please, Venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So-and-so wants the full ordination with Venerable so-and-so. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_301</span>Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_301</span>Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_302</span>For the third time I speak on this matter. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_302</span>Tatiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Please, Venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So-and-so wants the full ordination with Venerable so-and-so. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_303</span>The Sangha has given the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_303</span>Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I’ll remember it thus.’” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
            </section>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_304</span>On a later occasion, a monk misbehaved immediately after his full ordination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_304</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upasampannasamanantarā anācāraṁ ācarati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks told him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Don’t do that. It’s not allowable.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“māvuso, evarūpaṁ akāsi, netaṁ kappatī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">So evamāha—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But I didn’t ask you to ordain me. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“nevāhaṁ āyasmante yāciṁ upasampādetha manti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Why did you ordain me without being asked?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kissa maṁ tumhe ayācitā upasampāditthā”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_305</span>They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_305</span>Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone who hasn’t asked. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, ayācitena upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I allow you to give the full ordination to someone who has asked. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yācitena upasampādetuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And this is how they should ask. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evañca pana, bhikkhave, yācitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After approaching the Sangha, the one who wants the full ordination should arrange his upper robe over one shoulder and pay respect at the feet of the monks. He should then squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena upasampadāpekkhena saṅghaṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘Venerables, I ask the Sangha for the full ordination. Please lift me up out of compassion.’ </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘saṅghaṁ, bhante, upasampadaṁ yācāmi, ullumpatu maṁ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṁ upādāyā’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And he should ask a second </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dutiyampi yācitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and a third time. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatiyampi yācitabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">A competent and capable monk should then inform the Sangha: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—</span></span>
            </p>
            <section class="kamma">
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_306</span>‘Please, Venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_306</span>‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So-and-so wants the full ordination with Venerable so-and-so. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If it seems appropriate to the Sangha, the Sangha should give the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is the motion. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Esā ñatti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_307</span>Please, Venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_307</span>Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So-and-so wants the full ordination with Venerable so-and-so. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayaṁ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So-and-so is asking the Sangha for the full ordination with so-and-so as his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Itthannāmo saṅghaṁ upasampadaṁ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Sangha gives the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saṅgho itthannāmaṁ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Any monk who approves of giving the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor should remain silent. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_308</span>For the second time I speak on this matter. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_308</span>Dutiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi …pe… </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">For the third time I speak on this matter. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">tatiyampi etamatthaṁ vadāmi …pe…. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_309</span>The Sangha has given the full ordination to so-and-so with so-and-so as his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_309</span>Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I’ll remember it thus.’” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti. </span></span>
              </p>
            </section>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_310</span>At that time in Rājagaha, there was a succession of fine meals. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_310</span>Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe paṇītānaṁ bhattānaṁ bhattapaṭipāṭi aṭṭhitā hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">A certain brahmin thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Why don’t I go forth with the Sakyan monastics?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yannūnāhaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then that brahmin went to the monks and asked for the going forth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks gave him the going forth and the full ordination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ upasampādesuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he had gone forth, that succession of meals came to a stop. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tasmiṁ pabbajite bhattapaṭipāṭi khīyittha. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks said to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Come, let’s walk for alms.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ehi dāni, āvuso, piṇḍāya carissāmā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">So evamāha—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I didn’t go forth to walk for alms. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“nāhaṁ, āvuso, etaṅkāraṇā pabbajito piṇḍāya carissāmīti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you give me some, I’ll eat it. If not, I’ll disrobe.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace me dassatha bhuñjissāmi, no ce me dassatha vibbhamissāmī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But did you go forth for the sake of your stomach?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Kiṁ pana tvaṁ, āvuso, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Yes.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Evamāvuso”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks of few desires complained and criticized him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How could a monk go forth on this well-proclaimed spiritual path for the sake of his stomach?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma bhikkhu evaṁ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissatī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_311</span>They told the Buddha what had happened. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_311</span>Te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is it true, monk, that you did this?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“saccaṁ kira tvaṁ, bhikkhu, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s true, Sir.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha rebuked him … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Foolish man, how could you go forth on this well-proclaimed spiritual path for the sake of your stomach? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kathañhi nāma tvaṁ, moghapurisa, evaṁ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissasi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This will affect people’s confidence …” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Netaṁ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After rebuking him … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">vigarahitvā …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“When you are giving the full ordination, you should point out the four supports: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena cattāro nissaye ācikkhituṁ—</span></span>
            </p>
            <ol>
              <li>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">One gone forth is supported by almsfood. You should persevere with this for life. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṁ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">There are these additional allowances: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">atirekalābho—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">a meal for the Sangha, a meal for designated monks, an invitational meal, a meal for which lots are drawn, a half-monthly meal, a meal on the observance day, and a meal on the day after the observance day. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">saṅghabhattaṁ, uddesabhattaṁ, nimantanaṁ, salākabhattaṁ, pakkhikaṁ, uposathikaṁ, pāṭipadikaṁ. </span></span>
              </li>
              <li>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">One gone forth is supported by rag-robes. You should persevere with this for life. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Paṁsukūlacīvaraṁ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">There are these additional allowances: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">atirekalābho—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">linen, cotton, silk, wool, sunn hemp, and hemp. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">khomaṁ, kappāsikaṁ, koseyyaṁ, kambalaṁ, sāṇaṁ, bhaṅgaṁ. </span></span>
              </li>
              <li>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">One gone forth is supported by the foot of a tree as resting place. You should persevere with this for life. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṁ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">There are these additional allowances: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">atirekalābho—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">a dwelling, a stilt house, and a cave. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">vihāro, aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṁ, guhā. </span></span>
              </li>
              <li>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">One gone forth is supported by medicine of fermented urine. You should persevere with this for life. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pūtimuttabhesajjaṁ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṁ ussāho karaṇīyo; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">There are these additional allowances: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">atirekalābho—</span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">ghee, butter, oil, honey, and syrup.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">sappi, navanītaṁ, telaṁ, madhu, phāṇitan”ti. </span></span>
              </li>
            </ol>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_312</span>The fifth section for recitation on the proper conduct toward the preceptor is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_312</span>Upajjhāyavattabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito pañcamo. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">18. Discussion of the proper conduct toward a teacher </span><span class="pli-lang segment">18. Ācariyavattakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_313</span>Soon afterwards a young brahmin went to the monks and asked for the going forth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_313</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks told him about the four supports. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tassa bhikkhū paṭikacceva nissaye ācikkhiṁsu. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So evamāha—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerables, if you had told me about this after my going forth, I would have been fine. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sace me, bhante, pabbajite nissaye ācikkheyyātha, abhirameyyāmahaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But now I won’t go forth, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na dānāhaṁ, bhante, pabbajissāmi; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">for these supports are disgusting and repulsive to me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">jegucchā me nissayā paṭikūlā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t point out the supports beforehand. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, paṭikacceva nissayā ācikkhitabbā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo ācikkheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">You should point out the supports immediately after the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampannasamanantarā nissaye ācikkhitun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_314</span>At that time the monks gave the full ordination in groups of two and three. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_314</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū duvaggenapi tivaggenapi gaṇena upasampādenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination in groups of less than ten. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavaggena gaṇena upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">You should give the full ordination in groups of ten or more than ten.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavaggena vā atirekadasavaggena vā gaṇena upasampādetun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_315</span>At that time monks who only had one or two years of seniority gave the full ordination, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_315</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ekavassāpi duvassāpi saddhivihārikaṁ upasampādenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">among them Venerable Upasena of Vaṅganta. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Āyasmāpi upaseno vaṅgantaputto ekavasso saddhivihārikaṁ upasampādesi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After completing the rainy-season residence, he had two years of seniority and his student had one. The two of them went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So vassaṁvuṭṭho duvasso ekavassaṁ saddhivihārikaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Since it is the custom for Buddhas to greet newly arrived monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Āciṇṇaṁ kho panetaṁ buddhānaṁ bhagavantānaṁ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ paṭisammodituṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the Buddha said to Upasena, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upasenaṁ vaṅgantaputtaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I hope you’re keeping well, monk, I hope you’re getting by? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kacci, bhikkhu, khamanīyaṁ, kacci yāpanīyaṁ, </span></span>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I hope you’re not tired from traveling?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kacci tvaṁ appakilamathena addhānaṁ āgato”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I’m keeping well, Venerable Sir, I’m getting by. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Khamanīyaṁ, bhagavā, yāpanīyaṁ, bhagavā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I’m not tired from traveling.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Appakilamathena mayaṁ, bhante, addhānaṁ āgatā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When Buddhas know what is going on, sometimes they ask and sometimes not. They know the right time to ask and when not to ask. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṁ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṁ viditvā na pucchanti; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Buddhas ask when it is beneficial, otherwise not, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">atthasaṁhitaṁ tathāgatā pucchanti; no anatthasaṁhitaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">for Buddhas are incapable of doing what is unbeneficial. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anatthasaṁhite setughāto tathāgatānaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Buddhas question the monks for two reasons: to give a teaching or to lay down a training rule. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti— dhammaṁ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṁ vā sikkhāpadaṁ paññapessāmāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said to Upasena, “How long have you been a monk?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upasenaṁ vaṅgantaputtaṁ etadavoca— “kativassosi tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Two years, Sir.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Duvassohaṁ, bhagavā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“And this monk?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ayaṁ pana bhikkhu kativasso”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“One year.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ekavasso, bhagavā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“And what’s his relationship to you?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Kiṁ tāyaṁ bhikkhu hotī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“He’s my student.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Saddhivihāriko me, bhagavā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha rebuked him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vigarahi buddho bhagavā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s not suitable, foolish man, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ananucchavikaṁ, moghapurisa, ananulomikaṁ appatirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">You ought to be taught and instructed by others. What, then, makes you think that you should teach and instruct another person? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kathañhi nāma tvaṁ, moghapurisa, aññehi ovadiyo anusāsiyo aññaṁ ovadituṁ anusāsituṁ maññissasi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">You have turned to indulgence too readily, that is, by forming a group. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atilahuṁ kho tvaṁ, moghapurisa, bāhullāya āvatto, yadidaṁ gaṇabandhikaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This will affect people’s confidence …” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Netaṁ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After rebuking him … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">vigarahitvā …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination if you have less than ten years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I allow you to give the full ordination if you have ten or more years of seniority.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_316</span>Then, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_316</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">once they had ten years of seniority, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">ignorant and incompetent monks gave the full ordination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bālā abyattā upasampādenti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">As a result there were ignorant preceptors with knowledgeable students, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">incompetent preceptors with competent students, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā, saddhivihārikā byattā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">uneducated preceptors with learned students, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and foolish preceptors with wise students. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">A monk who had been a monastic in another religion even refuted his preceptor, despite being legitimately corrected by him. He then returned to that religious community. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Aññataropi aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṁ āropetvā taṁyeva titthāyatanaṁ saṅkami. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks of few desires complained and criticized them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can ignorant and incompetent monks give the full ordination just because they have ten years of seniority? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma bhikkhū—dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—bālā abyattā upasampādessanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">There are ignorant preceptors with knowledgeable students, incompetent preceptors with competent students, uneducated preceptors with learned students, and foolish preceptors with wise students.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto”ti. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_317</span>They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_317</span>Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He said, “Is it true, monks, that this is happening?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">bālā abyattā upasampādenti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s true, Sir.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha rebuked them … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can those foolish men give the full ordination just because they have ten years of seniority? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā—dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—bālā abyattā upasampādessanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The consequences are evident. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This will affect people’s confidence …” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Netaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After rebuking them … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">vigarahitvā …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“An ignorant and incompetent monk shouldn’t give the full ordination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I allow a competent and capable monk who has ten or more years of seniority to give the full ordination.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_318</span>At that time there were preceptors who went away, disrobed, died, or joined another faction, and as a result their students were not being instructed. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_318</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū upajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā </span></span
              >
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When walking for almsfood, they were shabbily dressed and improper in appearance. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, </span></span>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While people were eating, they held out their almsbowls to receive leftovers, even right over their food, whether it was cooked or fresh food, delicacies or drinks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uparisāyanīyepi uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmenti; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They ate bean curry and rice that they themselves had asked for, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and they were noisy in the dining hall. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can the Sakyan monastics act like this? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">manussānaṁ bhuñjamānānaṁ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uparisāyanīyepi uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṁ upanāmessanti; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">sāmaṁ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They are just like brahmins at a brahminical meal.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti, seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks heard the complaints of those people. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They then told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is it true, monks … ?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave …pe… </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s true, Sir.” … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti …pe… </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After rebuking them, the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">vigarahitvā dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_319</span>“There should be a teacher. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_319</span>“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ācariyaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The teacher should think of his pupil as a son and the pupil his teacher as a father. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ācariyo, bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi puttacittaṁ upaṭṭhāpessati, antevāsiko ācariyamhi pitucittaṁ upaṭṭhāpessati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">In this way they will respect, esteem, and be considerate toward each other, and they will grow and reach greatness on this spiritual path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evaṁ te aññamaññaṁ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye vuddhiṁ viruḷhiṁ vepullaṁ āpajjissanti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">You should live with formal support for ten years. And I allow a monk of ten years’ seniority to give such support. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassaṁ nissāya vatthuṁ, dasavassena nissayaṁ dātuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">A teacher should be chosen like this: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ācariyo gahetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After arranging his upper robe over one shoulder, a pupil should pay respect at the feet of a potential teacher. He should then squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘Venerable, please be my teacher. I wish to live with formal support from you.’ </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And he should repeat this a second </span><span class="pli-lang segment">ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and a third time. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmī’ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the other conveys the following by body, by speech, or by body and speech: ‘Yes;’ ‘No problem;’ ‘It’s suitable;’ ‘It’s appropriate;’ or, ‘Carry on with inspiration’—then a teacher has been chosen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘Sāhū’ti vā ‘lahū’ti vā ‘opāyikan’ti vā ‘patirūpan’ti vā ‘pāsādikena sampādehī’ti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti ācariyo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the other doesn’t convey this by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then a teacher hasn’t been chosen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti ācariyo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_320</span>“A pupil should conduct himself properly toward his teacher. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_320</span>Antevāsikena, bhikkhave, ācariyamhi sammā vattitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is the proper conduct: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatrāyaṁ sammāvattanā—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_321</span>Having gotten up at the appropriate time, the pupil should remove his sandals, and arrange his upper robe over one shoulder. He should then give his teacher a tooth cleaner and water for rinsing the mouth, and he should prepare a seat for him. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_321</span>Kālasseva uṭṭhāya upāhanaṁ omuñcitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṁ dātabbaṁ, mukhodakaṁ dātabbaṁ, āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is congee, he should rinse a vessel and bring the congee to his teacher. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṁ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he has drunk the congee, the pupil should give him water and receive the vessel. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it and then put it away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yāguṁ pītassa udakaṁ datvā bhājanaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the teacher has gotten up, the pupil should put away the seat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_322</span>If the teacher wants to enter the village, the pupil should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. He should give him a belt. He should put the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, and then give them to him. He should rinse his teacher’s bowl and give it to him while wet. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_322</span>Sace ācariyo gāmaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, kāyabandhanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher wants an attendant, the pupil should put on his sarong evenly all around, covering the navel and the knees. He should put on a belt. Putting the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, he should put them on and fasten the toggle. He should rinse his bowl, bring it along, and be his teacher’s attendant. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyo pacchāsamaṇaṁ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṁ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṁ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṁ bandhitvā saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṁ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṁ gahetvā ācariyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t walk too far behind his teacher or too close to him. He should receive the contents of his bowl. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nātidūre gantabbaṁ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṁ, pattapariyāpannaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t interrupt his teacher when he’s speaking. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ācariyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But if the teacher’s speech is bordering on an offense, he should stop him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ācariyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_323</span>When returning, the pupil should go first to prepare a seat and to set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should go out to meet the teacher and receive his bowl and robe. He should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_323</span>Nivattantena paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the robe is moist, he should sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace cīvaraṁ sinnaṁ hoti, muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbaṁ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṁ nidahitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should fold the robe, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">offsetting the edges by seven centimeters, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṁ kaṇṇaṁ ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so that the fold doesn’t become worn. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should place the belt in the fold. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Obhoge kāyabandhanaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_324</span>If there is almsfood and his teacher wants to eat, the pupil should give him water and then the almsfood. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_324</span>Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, ācariyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṁ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should ask his teacher if he wants water to drink. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">When the teacher has eaten, the pupil should give him water and receive his bowl. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it. He should then dry it and sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhuttāvissa udakaṁ datvā pattaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā vodakaṁ katvā muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The pupil should put away the robe and bowl. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the teacher has gotten up, the pupil should put away the seat and also the foot stool, the foot scraper, and the water for washing the feet. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ paṭisāmetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_325</span>If the teacher wants to bathe, the pupil should prepare a bath. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_325</span>Sace ācariyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he wants a cold bath, he should prepare that; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">if he wants a hot bath, he should prepare that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_326</span>If the teacher wants to take a sauna, the pupil should knead bath powder, moisten the clay, take a sauna bench, and follow behind his teacher. After giving the teacher the sauna bench, receiving his robe, and putting it aside, he should give him the bath powder and the clay. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_326</span>Sace ācariyo jantāgharaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṁ sannetabbaṁ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya ācariyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṁ datvā cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ, cuṇṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, mattikā dātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he’s able, he should enter the sauna. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When entering the sauna, he should smear his face with clay, cover himself front and back, and then enter. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāgharaṁ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṁ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t sit encroaching on the senior monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and he shouldn’t block the junior monks from getting a seat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While in the sauna, he should provide assistance to his teacher. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāghare ācariyassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When leaving the sauna, he should take the sauna bench, cover himself front and back, and then leave. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_327</span>He should also provide assistance to his teacher in the water. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_327</span>Udakepi ācariyassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">When he has bathed, he should be the first to come out. He should dry himself and put on his sarong. He should then wipe the water off his teacher’s body, and he should give him his sarong and then his upper robe. Taking the sauna bench, he should be first to return. He should prepare a seat, and also set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Nahātena paṭhamataraṁ uttaritvā attano gattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā nivāsetvā ācariyassa gattato udakaṁ pamajjitabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should ask his teacher if he wants water to drink. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher wants him to recite, he should do so. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher wants to question him, he should be questioned. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_328</span>If the dwelling where the teacher is staying is dirty, the pupil should clean it if he’s able. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_328</span>Yasmiṁ vihāre ācariyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he’s cleaning the dwelling, he should first take out the bowl and robe and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vihāraṁ sodhentena paṭhamaṁ pattacīvaraṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the sitting mat and the sheet and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the mattress and the pillow and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhisibibbohanaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Holding the bed low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mañco nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Holding the bench low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">pīṭhaṁ nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the bed supports and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the spittoon and put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the leaning board and put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">apassenaphalakaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After taking note of its position, he should take out the floor cover and put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhūmattharaṇaṁ yathāpaññattaṁ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the dwelling has cobwebs, he should first remove them from the ceiling cloth, and he should then wipe the windows and the corners of the room. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace vihāre santānakaṁ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṁ ohāretabbaṁ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the walls have been treated with red ocher and they’re moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the walls. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the floor has been treated with a black finish and it’s moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the floor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the floor is untreated, he should sprinkle it with water and then sweep it, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">while trying to avoid stirring up dust. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should look out for any trash and discard it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saṅkāraṁ vicinitvā ekamantaṁ chaḍḍetabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_329</span>He should sun the floor cover, clean it, beat it, bring it back inside, and put it back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_329</span>Bhūmattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the bed supports, wipe them, bring them back inside, and put them back where they were. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the bed, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the bench, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pīṭhaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the mattress and the pillow, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhisibibbohanaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the sitting mat and the sheet, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the spittoon, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the leaning board, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Apassenaphalakaṁ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should put away the bowl and robe. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_330</span>If dusty winds are blowing from the east, he should close the windows on the eastern side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_330</span>Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If dusty winds are blowing from the west, he should close the windows on the western side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If dusty winds are blowing from the north, he should close the windows on the northern side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If dusty winds are blowing from the south, he should close the windows on the southern side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the weather is cold, he should open the windows during the day and close them at night. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṁ thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the weather is hot, he should close the windows during the day and open them at night. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṁ vivaritabbā. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_331</span>If the yard is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_331</span>Sace pariveṇaṁ uklāpaṁ hoti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the gatehouse is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the assembly hall is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the water-boiling shed is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the restroom is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is no water for drinking, he should get some. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace pānīyaṁ na hoti, pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is no water for washing, he should get some. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace paribhojanīyaṁ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is no water in the restroom ablution pot, he should fill it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācamanakumbhiyaṁ udakaṁ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ āsiñcitabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_332</span>If the teacher becomes discontent with the spiritual life, the pupil should send him away or have him sent away, or he should give him a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_332</span>Sace ācariyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, antevāsikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher becomes anxious, the pupil should dispel it or have it dispelled, or he should give him a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti, antevāsikena vinodetabbaṁ, vinodāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher has wrong view, the pupil should make him give it up or have someone else do it, or he should give him a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti, antevāsikena vivecetabbaṁ, vivecāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher has committed a heavy offense and deserves probation, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyo garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the pupil should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa parivāsaṁ dadeyyāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher has committed a heavy offense and deserves to be sent back to the beginning, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyo mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the pupil should try to get the Sangha to do it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṁ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher has committed a heavy offense and deserves the trial period, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyo mānattāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the pupil should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa mānattaṁ dadeyyāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher has committed a heavy offense and deserves rehabilitation, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyo abbhānāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the pupil should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṁ abbheyyāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against his teacher—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the pupil should make an effort to stop it or to reduce the penalty. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṁ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But if the Sangha has already done a legal procedure against his teacher—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the pupil should help the teacher conduct himself properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released, and try to get the Sangha to lift that procedure. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho ācariyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_333</span>If the teacher’s robe needs washing, the pupil should do it himself, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_333</span>Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṁ dhovitabbaṁ hoti, antevāsikena dhovitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get it done. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṁ dhoviyethāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher needs a robe, the pupil should make one himself, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, antevāsikena kātabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get one made. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṁ kariyethāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher needs dye, the pupil should make it himself, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyassa rajanaṁ pacitabbaṁ hoti, antevāsikena pacitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get it made. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho ācariyassa rajanaṁ paciyethāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher’s robe needs dyeing, the pupil should do it himself, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṁ rajitabbaṁ hoti, antevāsikena rajitabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get it done. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṁ rajiyethāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he’s dyeing the robe, he should carefully and repeatedly turn it over, and shouldn’t go away while it’s still dripping. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ rajantena sādhukaṁ samparivattakaṁ samparivattakaṁ rajitabbaṁ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_334</span>Without asking his teacher for permission, he shouldn’t do any of the following: give away or receive a bowl; </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_334</span>Na ācariyaṁ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">give away </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa cīvaraṁ dātabbaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or receive a robe; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">give away </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or receive a requisite; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">cut anyone’s hair </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or have it cut; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">provide assistance to anyone </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or have assistance provided by anyone; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccena parikammaṁ kārāpetabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">do a service for anyone </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or get a service done by anyone; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">be the attendant monk for anyone </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or take anyone as his attendant monk; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">bring back almsfood for anyone </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or get almsfood brought back by anyone; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">enter the village, go to the charnel ground, or leave for another region. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ācariyaṁ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo, na susānaṁ gantabbaṁ, na disā pakkamitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If his teacher is sick, he should nurse him for as long as he lives, or he should wait until he’s recovered.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṁ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabban”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_335</span>The proper conduct toward a teacher is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_335</span>Ācariyavattaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">19. Discussion of the proper conduct toward a pupil </span><span class="pli-lang segment">19. Antevāsikavattakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_336</span>“And a teacher should conduct himself properly toward his pupil. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_336</span>“Ācariyena, bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi sammā vattitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is the proper conduct: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatrāyaṁ sammāvattanā—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_337</span>A teacher should help and take care of his pupil through recitation, questioning, and instruction. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_337</span>Ācariyena, bhikkhave, antevāsiko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher has a bowl, but not the pupil, the teacher should give it to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyassa patto hoti, antevāsikassa patto na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get him one. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho antevāsikassa patto uppajjiyethāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher has a robe, but not the pupil, the teacher should give it to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṁ hoti, antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ dātabbaṁ, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get him one. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ uppajjiyethāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher has a requisite, but not the pupil, the teacher should give it to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācariyassa parikkhāro hoti, antevāsikassa parikkhāro na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get him one. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho antevāsikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_338</span>If the pupil is sick, the teacher should get up at the appropriate time and give his pupil a tooth cleaner and water for rinsing the mouth, and he should prepare a seat for him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_338</span>Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṁ dātabbaṁ, mukhodakaṁ dātabbaṁ, āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is congee, he should rinse a vessel and bring the congee to his pupil. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṁ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he has drunk the congee, the teacher should give him water and receive the vessel. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it and then put it away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yāguṁ pītassa udakaṁ datvā bhājanaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the pupil has gotten up, the teacher should put away the seat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_339</span>If the pupil wants to enter the village, the teacher should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. He should give him a belt. He should put the upper robes together, overlapping each other edge-to-edge, and then give them to him. He should rinse his pupil’s bowl and give it to him while wet. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_339</span>Sace antevāsiko gāmaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, kāyabandhanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saguṇaṁ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_340</span>Before he’s due back, the teacher should prepare a seat and set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. He should go out to meet the pupil and receive his bowl and robe. He should give him a sarong and receive the one he’s wearing in return. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_340</span>Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ, paṭinivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ paṭiggahetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the robe is moist, he should sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace cīvaraṁ sinnaṁ hoti, muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbaṁ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṁ nidahitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should fold the robe, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">offsetting the edges by seven centimeters, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṁ kaṇṇaṁ ussāretvā cīvaraṁ saṅgharitabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">so that the fold doesn’t become worn. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should place the belt in the fold. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Obhoge kāyabandhanaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_341</span>If there is almsfood and his pupil wants to eat, the teacher should give him water and then the almsfood. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_341</span>Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, antevāsiko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṁ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should ask his pupil if he wants water to drink. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">When the pupil has eaten, the teacher should give him water and receive his bowl. Holding it low, he should wash it carefully without scratching it. He should then dry it and sun it for a short while, but shouldn’t leave it in the heat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhuttāvissa udakaṁ datvā pattaṁ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena dhovitvā vodakaṁ katvā muhuttaṁ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The teacher should put away the robe and bowl. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the pupil has gotten up, the teacher should put away the seat and also the foot stool, the foot scraper, and the water for washing the feet. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṁ uddharitabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ paṭisāmetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the place is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_342</span>If the pupil wants to bathe, the teacher should prepare a bath. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_342</span>Sace antevāsiko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he wants a cold bath, he should prepare that; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">if he wants a hot bath, he should prepare that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṁ paṭiyādetabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_343</span>If the pupil wants to take a sauna, the teacher should knead bath powder, moisten the clay, take a sauna bench, and go to the sauna. After giving the pupil the sauna bench, receiving his robe, and putting it aside, he should give him the bath powder and the clay. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_343</span>Sace antevāsiko jantāgharaṁ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṁ sannetabbaṁ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṁ datvā cīvaraṁ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ, cuṇṇaṁ dātabbaṁ, mattikā dātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he’s able, he should enter the sauna. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When entering the sauna, he should smear his face with clay, cover himself front and back, and then enter. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāgharaṁ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṁ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṁ pavisitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t sit encroaching on the senior monks, and he shouldn’t block the junior monks from getting a seat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ca there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṁ, na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While in the sauna, he should provide assistance to his pupil. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāghare antevāsikassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When leaving the sauna, he should take the sauna bench, cover himself front and back, and then leave. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_344</span>The teacher should also provide assistance to his pupil in the water. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_344</span>Udakepi antevāsikassa parikammaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">When the teacher has bathed, he should be the first to come out. He should dry himself and put on his sarong. He should then wipe the water off his pupil’s body, and he should give him his sarong and then his upper robe. Taking the sauna bench, he should be first to return. He should prepare a seat, and also set out a foot stool, a foot scraper, and water for washing the feet. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Nahātena paṭhamataraṁ uttaritvā attano gattaṁ vodakaṁ katvā nivāsetvā antevāsikassa gattato udakaṁ pamajjitabbaṁ, nivāsanaṁ dātabbaṁ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṁ ādāya paṭhamataraṁ āgantvā āsanaṁ paññapetabbaṁ, pādodakaṁ pādapīṭhaṁ pādakathalikaṁ upanikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should ask his pupil if he wants water to drink. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_345</span>If the dwelling where the pupil is staying is dirty, the teacher should clean it if he’s able. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_345</span>Yasmiṁ vihāre antevāsiko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he’s cleaning the dwelling, he should first take out the bowl and robe and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vihāraṁ sodhentena paṭhamaṁ pattacīvaraṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the sitting mat and the sheet and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the mattress and the pillow and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhisibibbohanaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Holding the bed low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mañco nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Holding the bench low, he should carefully take it out without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">pīṭhaṁ nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the bed supports and put them aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the spittoon and put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbo; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should take out the leaning board and put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">apassenaphalakaṁ nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After taking note of its position, he should take out the floor cover and put it aside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhūmattharaṇaṁ yathāpaññattaṁ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the dwelling has cobwebs, he should first remove them from the ceiling cloth, and he should then wipe the windows and the corners of the room. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace vihāre santānakaṁ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṁ otāretabbaṁ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the walls have been treated with red ocher and they’re moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the walls. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the floor has been treated with a black finish and it’s moldy, he should moisten a cloth, wring it out, and wipe the floor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṁ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the floor is untreated, he should sprinkle it with water and then sweep it, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">while trying to avoid stirring up dust. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should look out for any trash and discard it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saṅkāraṁ vicinitvā ekamantaṁ chaḍḍetabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_346</span>He should sun the floor cover, clean it, beat it, bring it back inside, and put it back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_346</span>Bhūmattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the bed supports, wipe them, bring them back inside, and put them back where they were. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the bed, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the bench, clean it, and beat it. Holding it low, he should carefully bring it back inside without scratching it or knocking it against the door or the door frame, and he should put it back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pīṭhaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṁ katvā sādhukaṁ appaṭighaṁsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṁ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the mattress and the pillow, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhisibibbohanaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the sitting mat and the sheet, clean them, beat them, bring them back inside, and put them back as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṁ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṁ paññapetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the spittoon, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should sun the leaning board, wipe it, bring it back inside, and put it back where it was. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Apassenaphalakaṁ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He should put away the bowl and robe. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattacīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the bowl, he should hold the bowl in one hand, feel under the bed or the bench with the other, and then put it away. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pattaṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṁ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṁ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He shouldn’t put the bowl away on the bare floor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">When putting away the robe, he should hold the robe in one hand, wipe the bamboo robe rack or the clothesline with the other, and then put it away by folding the robe over it, making the ends face the wall and the fold face out. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṁ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṁsaṁ vā cīvararajjuṁ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṁ orato bhogaṁ katvā cīvaraṁ nikkhipitabbaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_347</span>If dusty winds are blowing from the east, he should close the windows on the eastern side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_347</span>Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If dusty winds are blowing from the west, he should close the windows on the western side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If dusty winds are blowing from the north, he should close the windows on the northern side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If dusty winds are blowing from the south, he should close the windows on the southern side. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the weather is cold, he should open the windows during the day and close them at night. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṁ thaketabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the weather is hot, he should close the windows during the day and open them at night. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṁ vivaritabbā. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_348</span>If the yard is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_348</span>Sace pariveṇaṁ uklāpaṁ hoti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the gatehouse is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the assembly hall is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the water-boiling shed is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the restroom is dirty, he should sweep it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is no water for drinking, he should get some. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace pānīyaṁ na hoti, pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is no water for washing, he should get some. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace paribhojanīyaṁ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If there is no water in the restroom ablution pot, he should fill it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṁ āsiñcitabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_349</span>If the pupil becomes discontent with the spiritual life, the teacher should send him away or have him sent away, or he should give him a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_349</span>Sace antevāsikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, ācariyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the pupil becomes anxious, the teacher should dispel it or have it dispelled, or he should give him a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace antevāsikassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti, ācariyena vinodetabbaṁ, vinodāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the pupil has wrong view, the teacher should make him give it up or have someone else do it, or he should give him a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace antevāsikassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti, ācariyena vivecetabbaṁ, vivecāpetabbaṁ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the pupil has committed a heavy offense and deserves probation, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace antevāsiko garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the teacher should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho, antevāsikassa parivāsaṁ dadeyyāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the pupil has committed a heavy offense and deserves to be sent back to the beginning, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace antevāsiko mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the teacher should try to get the Sangha to do it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṁ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the pupil has committed a heavy offense and deserves the trial period, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace antevāsiko mānattāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the teacher should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa mānattaṁ dadeyyāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the pupil has committed a heavy offense and deserves rehabilitation, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace antevāsiko abbhānāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the teacher should try to get the Sangha to give it to him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṁ abbheyyāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against his pupil—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the teacher should make an effort to stop it or to reduce the penalty. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṁ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But if the Sangha has already done a legal procedure against his pupil—whether a procedure of condemnation, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ, tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṁ kātabbaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the teacher should help the pupil conduct himself properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released, and try to get the Sangha to lift that procedure. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kinti nu kho antevāsiko sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_350</span>If the pupil’s robe needs washing, the teacher should show him how to do it, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_350</span>Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ dhovitabbaṁ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘evaṁ dhoveyyāsī’ti, </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get it done. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ dhoviyethāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the pupil needs a robe, the teacher should show him how to make one, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ kātabbaṁ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘evaṁ kareyyāsī’ti, </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get one made. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ kariyethāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the pupil needs dye, the teacher should show him how to make it, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace antevāsikassa rajanaṁ pacitabbaṁ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘evaṁ paceyyāsī’ti, </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get it made. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—kinti nu kho antevāsikassa rajanaṁ paciyethāti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the pupil’s robe needs dyeing, the teacher should show him how to do it, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ rajitabbaṁ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṁ—‘evaṁ rajeyyāsī’ti, </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or he should make an effort to get it done. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">ussukkaṁ vā kātabbaṁ—kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṁ rajiyethāti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he’s dyeing the robe, he should carefully and repeatedly turn it over, and shouldn’t go away while it’s still dripping. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Cīvaraṁ rajantena sādhukaṁ samparivattakaṁ samparivattakaṁ rajitabbaṁ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If his pupil is sick, he should nurse him for as long as he lives, or he should wait until he’s recovered.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṁ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabban”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_351</span>The proper conduct toward a pupil is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_351</span>Antevāsikavattaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The sixth section for recitation is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Chaṭṭho bhāṇavāro. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">20. Asking for forgiveness when dismissed </span><span class="pli-lang segment">20. Paṇāmanākhamāpanā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_352</span>On a later occasion the pupils did not conduct themselves properly toward their teachers. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_352</span>Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā ācariyesu na sammā vattanti …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha what had happened. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“A pupil should conduct himself properly toward his teacher. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na, bhikkhave, antevāsikena ācariyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They still did not conduct themselves properly. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Neva sammā vattanti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha what had happened. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You should dismiss one who doesn’t conduct himself properly. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And this is how he should be dismissed. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If the teacher conveys the following by body, by speech, or by body and speech: ‘I dismiss you;’ ‘Don’t come back here;’ ‘Remove your bowl and robe;’ or, ‘You shouldn’t attend on me’—</span><span class="pli-lang segment">paṇāmemi tanti vā, māyidha paṭikkamīti vā, nīhara te pattacīvaranti vā, nāhaṁ tayā upaṭṭhātabboti vā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">then the pupil has been dismissed. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti antevāsiko; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he doesn’t convey this by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then the pupil hasn’t been dismissed.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti antevāsiko”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_353</span>Pupils who had been dismissed did not ask for forgiveness. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_353</span>Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You should ask for forgiveness.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They still did not ask for forgiveness. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Neva khamāpenti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“One who has been dismissed should ask for forgiveness. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_354</span>Teachers who were asked for forgiveness did not forgive. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_354</span>Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You should forgive.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They still did not forgive. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Neva khamanti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The pupils left, disrobed, and joined the monastics of other religions. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Antevāsikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“When asked for forgiveness, you should forgive. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_355</span>Teachers dismissed pupils who were conducting themselves properly and did not dismiss those who were not. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_355</span>Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā sammāvattantaṁ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṁ na paṇāmenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t dismiss someone who is conducting himself properly. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And you should dismiss someone who isn’t conducting himself properly. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_356</span>If a pupil has five qualities, he should be dismissed: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_356</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He doesn’t have much affection for his teacher; he doesn’t have much confidence in his teacher; he doesn’t have much conscience toward his teacher; he doesn’t have much respect for his teacher; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his teacher. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_357</span>If a pupil has five qualities, he shouldn’t be dismissed: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_357</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He has much affection for his teacher; he has much confidence in his teacher; he has much conscience toward his teacher; he has much respect for his teacher; he has developed his mind much under his teacher. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ācariyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_358</span>If a pupil has five qualities, he deserves to be dismissed: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_358</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He doesn’t have much affection for his teacher; he doesn’t have much confidence in his teacher; he doesn’t have much conscience toward his teacher; he doesn’t have much respect for his teacher; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his teacher. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_359</span>If a pupil has five qualities, he doesn’t deserve to be dismissed: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_359</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He has much affection for his teacher; he has much confidence in his teacher; he has much conscience toward his teacher; he has much respect for his teacher; he has developed his mind much under his teacher. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ācariyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṁ paṇāmetuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_360</span>If a pupil has five qualities, the teacher is at fault if he doesn’t dismiss him, but not if he does: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_360</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ antevāsikaṁ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The pupil doesn’t have much affection for his teacher; he doesn’t have much confidence in his teacher; he doesn’t have much conscience toward his teacher; he doesn’t have much respect for his teacher; he hasn’t developed his mind much under his teacher. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ antevāsikaṁ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_361</span>If a pupil has five qualities, the teacher is at fault if he dismisses him, but not if he doesn’t: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_361</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ antevāsikaṁ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The pupil has much affection for his teacher; he has much confidence in his teacher; he has much conscience toward his teacher; he has much respect for his teacher; he has developed his mind much under his teacher.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ācariyamhi adhimattaṁ pemaṁ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ antevāsikaṁ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_362</span>Asking for forgiveness when dismissed is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_362</span>Paṇāmanā khamāpanā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">21. The ignorant and incompetent </span><span class="pli-lang segment">21. Bālaabyattavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_363</span>Then, once they had ten years of seniority, ignorant and incompetent monks gave formal support. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_363</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṁ denti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">As a result there were ignorant teachers with knowledgeable pupils, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dissanti ācariyā bālā, antevāsikā paṇḍitā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">incompetent teachers with competent pupils, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dissanti ācariyā abyattā, antevāsikā byattā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">uneducated teachers with learned pupils, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dissanti ācariyā appassutā, antevāsikā bahussutā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and foolish teachers with wise pupils. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dissanti ācariyā duppaññā, antevāsikā paññavanto. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks of few desires complained and criticized them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can ignorant and incompetent monks give formal support, just because they have ten years of seniority? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma bhikkhū—dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—bālā abyattā nissayaṁ dassanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">There are ignorant teachers with knowledgeable pupils, incompetent teachers with competent pupils, uneducated teachers with learned pupils, and foolish teachers with wise pupils.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dissanti ācariyā bālā antevāsikā paṇḍitā, dissanti ācariyā abyattā antevāsikā byattā, dissanti ācariyā appassutā antevāsikā bahussutā, dissanti ācariyā duppaññā antevāsikā paññavanto”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha what had happened. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is it true, monks, that this is happening?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">bālā abyattā nissayaṁ denti …pe… </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s true, Sir.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha rebuked them … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">vigarahitvā …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He then gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“An ignorant and incompetent monk shouldn’t give formal support. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena nissayo dātabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I allow a competent and capable monk who has ten or more years of seniority to give formal support.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā nissayaṁ dātun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_364</span>The section on the ignorant and incompetent is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_364</span>Bālaabyattavatthu niṭṭhitaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">22. Discussion of the ending of formal support </span><span class="pli-lang segment">22. Nissayapaṭippassaddhikathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_365</span>At that time there were preceptors and teachers who went away, disrobed, died, or joined another faction, but their pupils did not know about the ending of support. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_365</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ācariyupajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo na jānanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_366</span>“There are these five reasons why the formal support from a preceptor comes to an end: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_366</span>“Pañcimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the preceptor goes away; the preceptor disrobes; the preceptor dies; the preceptor joins another faction; or the preceptor orders it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">upajjhāyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_367</span>There are these six reasons why the formal support from a teacher comes to an end: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_367</span>Chayimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the teacher goes away; the teacher disrobes; the teacher dies; the teacher joins another faction; the teacher orders it; or one is reunited with one’s preceptor.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">ācariyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī, upajjhāyena vā samodhānagato hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Imā kho, bhikkhave, cha nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_368</span>The discussion of the ending of formal support is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_368</span>Nissayapaṭippassaddhikathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">23. The five requirements for giving the full ordination </span><span class="pli-lang segment">23. Upasampādetabbapañcaka </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p data-counter="1">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_369</span>“A monk who has five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_369</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He doesn’t have the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="2">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_370</span>But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_370</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He has the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="3">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_371</span>“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_371</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He neither has it himself nor encourages others in the virtue, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">stillness, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">wisdom, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">freedom, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="4">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_372</span>But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_372</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He both has it himself and encourages others in the virtue, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">stillness, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">wisdom, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">freedom, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="5">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_373</span>“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_373</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence; and he is lazy and absentminded. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="6">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_374</span>But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_374</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He has faith, conscience, moral prudence, energy, and mindfulness. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="7">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_375</span>“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_375</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He has failed in the higher morality, in conduct, and in view; and he’s ignorant and foolish. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="8">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_376</span>A monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_376</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He hasn’t failed in the higher morality, in conduct, or in view; he’s learned and wise. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="9">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_377</span>“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_377</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He’s not capable of three things in regard to a student: to nurse him or have him nursed when he’s sick; to send him away or have him sent away when he’s discontent with the spiritual life; and to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And he doesn’t know the offenses; and he doesn’t know how offenses are cleared. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ na jānāti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="10">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_378</span>But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_378</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He’s capable of three things in regard to a student: to nurse him or have him nursed when he’s sick; to send him away or have him sent away when he’s discontent with the spiritual life; and to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And he knows the offenses; and he knows how offenses are cleared. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ jānāti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="11">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_379</span>“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_379</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He’s not capable of five things in regard to a student: to train him in good conduct; to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; to train him in the Teaching; to train him in the Monastic Law; to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="12">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_380</span>But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_380</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He’s capable of five things in regard to a student: to train him in good conduct; to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; to train him in the Teaching; to train him in the Monastic Law; to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="13">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_381</span>“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_381</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; neither Monastic Code has been properly learned by him in detail, and he hasn’t analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="14">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_382</span>But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_382</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he’s properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he’s analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="15">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_383</span>“A monk who has another five qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_383</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; he has less than ten years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="16">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_384</span>But a monk who has five qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_384</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has ten or more years of seniority.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_385</span>The section consisting of sixteen groups of five requirements for giving the full ordination is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_385</span>Upasampādetabbapañcakasoḷasavāro niṭṭhito. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">24. The six requirements for giving the full ordination </span><span class="pli-lang segment">24. Upasampādetabbachakka </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p data-counter="1">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_386</span>“A monk who has six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_386</span>“Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He doesn’t have the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and he has less than ten years of seniority. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="2">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_387</span>But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_387</span>Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He has the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and he has ten or more years of seniority. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="3">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_388</span>“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_388</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He neither has it himself nor encourages others in the virtue, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">stillness, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">wisdom, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">freedom, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and he has less than ten years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">ūnadasavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="4">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_389</span>But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_389</span>Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He both has it himself and encourages others in the virtue, stillness, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">wisdom, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">freedom, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṁ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and he has ten or more years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="5">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_390</span>“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_390</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence; he is lazy and absentminded; and he has less than ten years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="6">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_391</span>But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_391</span>Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He has faith, conscience, moral prudence, energy, mindfulness, and ten or more years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="7">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_392</span>“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_392</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He has failed in the higher morality, in conduct, and in view; he’s ignorant and foolish; and he has less than ten years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="8">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_393</span>But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_393</span>Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He hasn’t failed in the higher morality, in conduct, or in view; he’s learned and wise; and he has ten or more years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="9">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_394</span>“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_394</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He’s not capable of three things in regard to a student: to nurse him or have him nursed when he’s sick; to send him away or have him sent away when he’s discontent with the spiritual life; to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And he doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know how offenses are cleared; and he has less than ten years of seniority. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ, āpattiṁ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="10">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_395</span>But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_395</span>Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He’s capable of three things in regard to a student: to nurse him or have him nursed when he’s sick; to send him away or have him sent away when he’s discontent with the spiritual life; to use the Teaching to dispel anxiety. And he knows the offenses; he knows how offenses are cleared; and he has ten or more years of seniority. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā gilānaṁ upaṭṭhātuṁ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṁ vā, anabhirataṁ vūpakāsetuṁ vā vūpakāsāpetuṁ vā, uppannaṁ kukkuccaṁ dhammato vinodetuṁ, āpattiṁ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṁ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="11">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_396</span>“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_396</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He’s not capable of five things in regard to a student: to train him in good conduct; to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; to train him in the Teaching; to train him in the Monastic Law; or to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views. And he has less than ten years of seniority. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ, ūnadasavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="12">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_397</span>But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_397</span>Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He’s capable of five things in regard to a student: to train him in good conduct; to train him in the basics of the spiritual life; to train him in the Teaching; to train him in the Monastic Law; and to use the Teaching to make him give up wrong views. And he has ten or more years of seniority. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṁ vā saddhivihāriṁ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṁ ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṁ, abhidhamme vinetuṁ, abhivinaye vinetuṁ, uppannaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ dhammato vivecetuṁ, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="13">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_398</span>“A monk who has another six qualities shouldn’t give the full ordination, give formal support, or have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_398</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; neither Monastic Code has been properly learned by him in detail, and he hasn’t analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition; he has less than ten years of seniority. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnadasavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṁ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="14">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_399</span>But a monk who has six qualities may give the full ordination, give formal support, and have a novice monk attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_399</span>Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">He knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition; he has ten or more years of seniority.” </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṁ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_400</span>The section consisting of fourteen groups of six requirements for giving the full ordination is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_400</span>Upasampādetabbachakkacuddasavāro niṭṭhito. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">25. Discussion on those who have been monastics of another religion </span><span class="pli-lang segment">25. Aññatitthiyapubbakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_401</span>Soon afterwards he who had been a monastic of another religion, and who had returned to that religious community after refuting his preceptor, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_401</span>Tena kho pana samayena yo so aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṁ āropetvā taṁyeva titthāyatanaṁ saṅkami. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">came back to the monks and asked for the full ordination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṁ yāci. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_402</span>“Monks, when someone who has been a monastic of another religion refutes his preceptor after being legitimately corrected by him and then returns to that religion, but then comes back from that religious community once more, he shouldn’t be given the full ordination. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_402</span>“Yo so, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṁ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṁ āropetvā taṁyeva titthāyatanaṁ saṅkanto, so āgato na upasampādetabbo. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Anyone else who has been a monastic of another religion, and who wants the going forth and the full ordination on this spiritual path, should be given four months of probation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo so, bhikkhave, aññopi aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ, tassa cattāro māse parivāso dātabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And it should be given like this. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">First he should shave off his hair and beard and put on the ocher robes. He should then arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then be told to say this: </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">paṭhamaṁ kesamassuṁ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṁ paggaṇhāpetvā ‘evaṁ vadehī’ti vattabbo—</span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_403</span>‘I go for refuge to the Buddha, </span><span class="eng-lang">I go for refuge to the Teaching, </span><span class="eng-lang">I go for refuge to the Sangha. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:38.2.3">‘Buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:38.2.4">Dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:38.2.5">Saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_404</span>For the second time I go for refuge to the Buddha, </span><span class="eng-lang">For the second time I go for refuge to the Teaching, </span><span class="eng-lang">For the second time I go for refuge to the Sangha. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:38.2.6">Dutiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:38.2.7">Dutiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:38.2.8">Dutiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_405</span>For the third time I go for refuge to the Buddha, </span><span class="eng-lang">For the third time I go for refuge to the Teaching, </span><span class="eng-lang">For the third time I go for refuge to the Sangha.’ </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:38.2.9">Tatiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:38.2.10">Tatiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:38.2.11">Tatiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmī’ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_406</span>Then, after approaching the Sangha, he who had been a monastic of another religion should arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then say this: </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_406</span>Tena, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbena saṅghaṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘Venerables, I have been a monastic of another religion, and I wish for the full ordination on this spiritual path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘ahaṁ, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhāmi upasampadaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I ask the Sangha for four months of probation.’ </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sohaṁ, bhante, saṅghaṁ cattāro māse parivāsaṁ yācāmī’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And he should ask a second </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dutiyampi yācitabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and a third time. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatiyampi yācitabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">A competent and capable monk should then inform the Sangha: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—</span></span>
            </p>
            <section class="kamma">
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">‘Please, Venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion, wants the full ordination on this spiritual path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayaṁ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He is asking the Sangha for four months of probation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So saṅghaṁ cattāro māse parivāsaṁ yācati. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If it seems appropriate to the Sangha, the Sangha should give four months of probation to so-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṁ dadeyya. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is the motion. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Esā ñatti. </span></span>
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_407</span>Please, Venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_407</span>Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion, wants the full ordination on this spiritual path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayaṁ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He is asking the Sangha for four months of probation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So saṅghaṁ cattāro māse parivāsaṁ yācati. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Sangha gives four months of probation to so-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṁ deti. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Any monk who approves of giving four months of probation to so-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion, should remain silent. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsassa dānaṁ, so tuṇhassa; </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_408</span>Any monk who doesn’t approve should speak up. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_408</span>yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. </span></span
                >
              </p>
              <p>
                <span class="segment-pair"
                  ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_409</span>The Sangha has given so-and-so, who has been a monastic of another religion, four months of probation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_409</span>Dinno saṅghena itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāso. </span></span
                ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I’ll remember it thus.’ </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’ti. </span></span>
              </p>
            </section>
            <hr />
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_410</span>Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti, evaṁ anārādhako. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And this is how someone who has been a monastic of another religion fails his probation: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He enters the village too early and returns too late in the day. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo atikālena gāmaṁ pavisati, atidivā paṭikkamati. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_411</span>He regularly associates with sex workers, widows, single women, <i translate="no" lang="pi">paṇḍakas</i>, and nuns. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_411</span>Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavāgocaro vā hoti, thullakumārikāgocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro vā hoti, bhikkhunigocaro vā hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_412</span>He’s not skilled or diligent in the various duties of his fellow monastics, and he lacks the proper judgment to organize and perform them well. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_412</span>Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṁ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha na dakkho hoti, na analaso, na tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgato, na alaṁ kātuṁ, na alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_413</span>He doesn’t have a keen desire for recitation, for questioning, for the higher morality, for the higher mind, or for the higher wisdom. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_413</span>Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_414</span>He is displeased when anyone disparages the teacher, the views, the beliefs, the persuasion, or the opinions of the religious community he’s left; but he’s pleased when anyone disparages the Buddha, the Teaching, or the Sangha; </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_414</span>Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">and he’s pleased when anyone praises the teacher, the views, the beliefs, the persuasion, or the opinions of the religious community he’s left; but he is displeased when anyone praises the Buddha, the Teaching, or the Sangha. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is the critical factor for someone who has been a monastic of another religion to fail his probation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Idaṁ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṁ aññatitthiyapubbassa anārādhanīyasmiṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he fails in this way, he shouldn’t be given the full ordination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evaṁ anārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato na upasampādetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_415</span>And this is how someone who has been a monastic of another religion passes his probation: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_415</span>Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti? </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He doesn’t enter the village too early or return too late in the day. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo nātikālena gāmaṁ pavisati nātidivā paṭikkamati. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_416</span>He doesn’t regularly associate with sex workers, widows, single women, <i translate="no" lang="pi">paṇḍakas</i>, or nuns. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_416</span>Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na vesiyāgocaro hoti, na vidhavāgocaro hoti, na thullakumārikāgocaro hoti, na paṇḍakagocaro hoti, na bhikkhunigocaro hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_417</span>He’s skilled and diligent in the various duties of his fellow monastics, and he has the proper judgment to organize and perform them well. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_417</span>Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṁ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hoti, analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṁsāya samannāgato, alaṁ kātuṁ, alaṁ saṁvidhātuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_418</span>He has a keen desire for recitation, for questioning, for the higher morality, for the higher mind, and for the higher wisdom. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_418</span>Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_419</span>He’s pleased when anyone disparages the teacher, the views, the beliefs, the persuasion, or the opinions of the religious community he’s left; but he is displeased when anyone disparages the Buddha, the Teaching, or the Sangha; </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_419</span>Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">and he is displeased when anyone praises the teacher, the views, the beliefs, the persuasion, or the opinions of the religious community he’s left; but he’s pleased when anyone praises the Buddha, the Teaching, or the Sangha. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This is the critical factor for someone who has been a monastic of another religion to pass his probation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Idaṁ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṁ aññatitthiyapubbassa ārādhanīyasmiṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he passes in this way, he should be given the full ordination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evaṁ ārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato upasampādetabbo. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_420</span>If someone who has been a monastic of another religion arrives naked, a robe should be sought through his preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_420</span>Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo naggo āgacchati, upajjhāyamūlakaṁ cīvaraṁ pariyesitabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he arrives with hair, he should get permission from the Sangha to shave. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace acchinnakeso āgacchati, saṅgho apaloketabbo bhaṇḍukammāya. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But any dreadlocked, fire-worshiping ascetic who comes to be ordained should be given the full ordination without probation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ye te, bhikkhave, aggikā jaṭilakā, te āgatā upasampādetabbā, na tesaṁ parivāso dātabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Why is that? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ kissa hetu? </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Because they believe that deeds and action have results. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kammavādino ete, bhikkhave, kiriyavādino. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And if someone comes to be ordained who has been a monastic of another religion but is a Sakyan by birth, he should be given the full ordination without probation. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace, bhikkhave, jātiyā sākiyo aññatitthiyapubbo āgacchati, so āgato upasampādetabbo, na tassa parivāso dātabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I give this special privilege to my relatives.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Imāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ñātīnaṁ āveṇikaṁ parihāraṁ dammī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_421</span>The discussion on those who have been monastics of another religion is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_421</span>Aññatitthiyapubbakathā niṭṭhitā. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The seventh section for recitation is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sattamo bhāṇavāro. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">26. The five diseases </span><span class="pli-lang segment">26. Pañcābādhavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_422</span>At that time in Magadha, there were five common diseases: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_422</span>Tena kho pana samayena magadhesu pañca ābādhā ussannā honti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">leprosy, abscesses, mild leprosy, tuberculosis, and epilepsy. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kuṭṭhaṁ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When people were sick with any of these, they went to Jīvaka Komārabhacca and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhā jīvakaṁ komārabhaccaṁ upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadanti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Doctor, please treat us.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sādhu no, ācariya, tikicchāhī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He replied, “I’m very busy. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ahaṁ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I look after King Seniya Bimbisāra of Magadha and his harem. I also look after the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I’m not able to treat you.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">nāhaṁ sakkomi tikicchitun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“We’ll give you everything we own, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Sabbaṁ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and we’ll be your slave, too. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mayañca te dāsā; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Please treat us, doctor.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">sādhu, no, ācariya, tikicchāhī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Jīvaka repeated what he had already said. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ahaṁ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">nāhaṁ sakkomi tikicchitun”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And those people thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tesaṁ manussānaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Why don’t we go forth with the Sakyan monastics? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yannūna mayaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If we do, the monks will nurse us and Jīvaka Komārabhacca will treat us.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissatī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They then went to the monks and asked for the going forth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te manussā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāciṁsu. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks gave them the going forth and the full ordination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ, upasampādesuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And the monks nursed them, and Jīvaka treated them. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṁsu jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">At one time the monks were nursing many sick monks. As a result, they kept on asking, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bahū gilāne bhikkhū upaṭṭhahantā yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Please give a meal for the sick and for those nursing the sick. Please give medicines for the sick.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“gilānabhattaṁ detha, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṁ detha, gilānabhesajjaṁ dethā”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And because Jīvaka was treating many sick monks, he was unable to fulfill his duty to King Bimbisāra. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jīvakopi komārabhacco bahū gilāne bhikkhū tikicchanto aññataraṁ rājakiccaṁ parihāpesi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_423</span>Then a certain man who was afflicted with one of the five diseases went to Jīvaka and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_423</span>Aññataropi puriso pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho jīvakaṁ komārabhaccaṁ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Doctor, please treat me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sādhu maṁ, ācariya, tikicchāhī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He replied, “I’m very busy. I look after the king of Magadha and his harem. I also look after the Sangha of monks headed by the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ahaṁ khvayyo, bahukicco, bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I’m not able to treat you.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">nāhaṁ sakkomi tikicchitun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I will give you everything I own, and I’ll be your slave, too. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Sabbaṁ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu, ahañca te dāso; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Please treat me, doctor.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">sādhu maṁ, ācariya, tikicchāhī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Jīvaka repeated what he had already said. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ahaṁ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho, nāhaṁ sakkomi tikicchitun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_424</span>And that man thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_424</span>Atha kho tassa purisassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Why don’t I go forth with the Sakyan monastics? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yannūnāhaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If I do, the monks will nurse me, and Jīvaka Komārabhacca will treat me. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And when I’m healthy, I’ll disrobe.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Somhi arogo vibbhamissāmī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He then went to the monks and asked for the going forth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so puriso bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks gave him the going forth and the full ordination, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ, upasampādesuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">after which they nursed him and Jīvaka treated him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṁsu, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he was healthy again, he disrobed. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So arogo vibbhami. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_425</span>Jīvaka saw that man after he had disrobed, and he asked him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_425</span>Addasā kho jīvako komārabhacco taṁ purisaṁ vibbhantaṁ, disvāna taṁ purisaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Didn’t you go forth with the monks?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“nanu tvaṁ, ayyo, bhikkhūsu pabbajito ahosī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Yes, doctor.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Evaṁ, ācariyā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“And why did you do it?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Kissa pana tvaṁ, ayyo, evarūpamakāsī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When that man had told him what had happened, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so puriso jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etamatthaṁ ārocesi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Jīvaka complained and criticized the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jīvako komārabhacco ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How could the venerables allow one with the five diseases to go forth?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma bhadantā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṁ pabbājessantī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Please, Venerable Sir, may the venerables not allow those with the five diseases to go forth.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sādhu, bhante, ayyā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṁ na pabbājeyyun”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā jīvakaṁ komārabhaccaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Jīvaka then got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the going forth to anyone afflicted with any of the five diseases. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na, bhikkhave, pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho pabbājetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">27. Those employed by the king </span><span class="pli-lang segment">27. Rājabhaṭavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_426</span>On one occasion unrest erupted in the outlying districts governed by King Bimbisāra. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_426</span>Tena kho pana samayena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccanto kupito hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The king told his generals, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro senānāyake mahāmatte āṇāpesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Go and sort out those districts.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“gacchatha, bhaṇe, paccantaṁ uccinathā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Yes, sir.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Evaṁ, devā”ti kho senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccassosuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But the most distinguished soldiers thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho abhiññātānaṁ abhiññātānaṁ yodhānaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“If we go and enjoy the battle, we’ll do what’s bad and make much demerit. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mayaṁ kho yuddhābhinandino gacchantā pāpañca karoma, bahuñca apuññaṁ pasavāma. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">How can we avoid what’s bad and do what’s good instead?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kena nu kho mayaṁ upāyena pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_427</span>It occurred to them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_427</span>Atha kho tesaṁ yodhānaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They’re celibate and their conduct is good, and they’re truthful, moral, and have a good character. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If we go forth with them, we’ll avoid what’s bad and do what’s good.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace kho mayaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma, evaṁ mayaṁ pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Those soldiers then went to the monks and asked for the going forth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te yodhā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāciṁsu. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And the monks gave them the going forth and the full ordination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ, upasampādesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon afterwards the generals asked among the king’s employees, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Senānāyakā mahāmattā rājabhaṭe pucchiṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Where are the soldiers so-and-so and so-and-so?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kiṁ nu kho, bhaṇe, itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca yodhā na dissantī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“They’ve gone forth with the monks.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca, sāmi, yodhā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The generals complained and criticized the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Senānāyakā mahāmattā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to those who are employed by the king?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā rājabhaṭaṁ pabbājessantī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told King Bimbisāra. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_428</span>The king then asked the judges, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_428</span>Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro vohārike mahāmatte pucchi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“What’s the penalty for one who gives the going forth to someone employed by the king?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yo, bhaṇe, rājabhaṭaṁ pabbājeti, kiṁ so pasavatī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The preceptor should have his head cut off, the one who does the formal proclamation should have his tongue cut out, and the participating group should have half their ribs broken.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Upajjhāyassa, deva, sīsaṁ chetabbaṁ, anussāvakassa jivhā uddharitabbā, gaṇassa upaḍḍhaphāsukā bhañjitabbā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The king went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerable Sir, there are kings with little faith and confidence. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“santi, bhante, rājāno assaddhā appasannā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They would give the monks a hard time even over small matters. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te appamattakenapi bhikkhū viheṭheyyuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Please, may the venerables not give the going forth to those employed by a king.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sādhu, bhante, ayyā rājabhaṭaṁ na pabbājeyyun”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṁ māgadhaṁ seniyaṁ bimbisāraṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The king then got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the going forth to anyone employed by a king. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na, bhikkhave, rājabhaṭo pabbājetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">28. The criminal Aṅgulimāla </span><span class="pli-lang segment">28. Aṅgulimālacoravatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_429</span>At that time the criminal Aṅgulimāla had gone forth with the monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_429</span>Tena kho pana samayena coro aṅgulimālo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When people saw him, they became alarmed and fearful. They turned away, took a different path, ran off, and closed their doors. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā passitvā ubbijjantipi, uttasantipi, palāyantipi, aññenapi gacchanti, aññenapi mukhaṁ karonti, dvārampi thakenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to a notorious criminal?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhajabandhaṁ coraṁ pabbājessantī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks heard the complaints of those people. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They then told the Buddha. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a notorious criminal. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na, bhikkhave, dhajabandho coro pabbājetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">29. The escaped criminal </span><span class="pli-lang segment">29. Kārabhedakacoravatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_430</span>At that time King Bimbisāra had made the following declaration: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_430</span>Tena kho pana samayena raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena anuññātaṁ hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Nothing should be done to anyone who has gone forth with the Sakyan monastics. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Teaching is well-proclaimed. Allow them to practice the spiritual life to make a complete end of suffering.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon afterwards a certain thief was was put in prison. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṁ katvā kārāya baddho hoti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But he escaped, ran away, and went forth with the monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So kāraṁ bhinditvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When people saw him, they said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā passitvā evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“There’s that criminal who escaped from prison. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ayaṁ so kārabhedako coro. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Let’s get him!” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Handa naṁ nemā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But some said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“No, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“māyyo, evaṁ avacuttha. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the king has declared </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anuññātaṁ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">that nothing should be done to anyone gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics are untouchable; you can’t do anything to them. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So how could they give the going forth to an escaped criminal?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kārabhedakaṁ coraṁ pabbājessantī”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the going forth to an escaped criminal. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, kārabhedako coro pabbājetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">30. The wanted criminal </span><span class="pli-lang segment">30. Likhitakacoravatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_431</span>On one occasion a certain man stole something, ran away, and then went forth with the monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_431</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṁ katvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Yet the king’s court had issued a statement: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So ca rañño antepure likhito hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“He should be executed wherever he’s seen.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">yattha passati, tattha hantabboti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When people saw him, they said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā passitvā evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“There’s that wanted criminal. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ayaṁ so likhitako coro. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Let’s execute him!” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Handa naṁ hanāmā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But some said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“No, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“māyyo, evaṁ avacuttha. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">King Bimbisāra has declared that nothing should be done to anyone gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anuññātaṁ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics are untouchable; you can’t do anything to them. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So how could they give the going forth to a wanted criminal?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā likhitakaṁ coraṁ pabbājessantī”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a wanted criminal. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, likhitako coro pabbājetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">31. The one who had been whipped </span><span class="pli-lang segment">31. Kasāhatavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_432</span>At one time a certain man who had been whipped as a penalty went forth with the monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_432</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to one who has been whipped as a penalty?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kasāhataṁ katadaṇḍakammaṁ pabbājessantī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the going forth to one who has been whipped as a penalty. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">32. The one who had been branded </span><span class="pli-lang segment">32. Lakkhaṇāhatavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_433</span>At one time a certain man who had been branded as a penalty went forth with the monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_433</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to one who has been branded as a penalty?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā lakkhaṇāhataṁ katadaṇḍakammaṁ pabbājessantī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the going forth to one who has been branded as a penalty. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">33. The one in debt </span><span class="pli-lang segment">33. Iṇāyikavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_434</span>On one occasion a certain indebted man ran away and went forth with the monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_434</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso iṇāyiko palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon afterwards the creditors saw him and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Dhaniyā passitvā evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“There’s that man who owes us. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ayaṁ so amhākaṁ iṇāyiko. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Let’s get him!” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Handa naṁ nemā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But some said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“No, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“māyyo, evaṁ avacuttha. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">King Bimbisāra has declared that nothing should be done to anyone gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anuññātaṁ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics are untouchable; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">you can’t do anything to them. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So how could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to an indebted person?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā iṇāyikaṁ pabbājessantī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the going forth to one who is indebted. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, iṇāyiko pabbājetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">34. The slave </span><span class="pli-lang segment">34. Dāsavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_435</span>On one occasion a certain slave ran away and went forth with the monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_435</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro dāso palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon afterwards the owners saw him and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayyakā passitvā evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“There’s our slave. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ayaṁ so amhākaṁ dāso. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Let’s get him!” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Handa naṁ nemā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But some said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekacce evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“No, King Bimbisāra has declared that nothing should be done to anyone gone forth with the Sakyan monastics.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“māyyo, evaṁ avacuttha, anuññātaṁ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṁ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṁ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics are untouchable; you can’t do anything to them. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So how could the Sakyan monastics give the going forth to a slave?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dāsaṁ pabbājessantī”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a slave. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, dāso pabbājetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">35. The shaven-headed smith </span><span class="pli-lang segment">35. Kammārabhaṇḍuvatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_436</span>At that time a certain shaven-headed smith had quarreled with his parents. He then went to the monastery and went forth with the monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_436</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro kammārabhaṇḍu mātāpitūhi saddhiṁ bhaṇḍitvā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While looking for their son, the parents came to that monastery. They asked the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṁ kammārabhaṇḍuṁ vicinantā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Venerables, have you by any chance seen such-and-such a boy?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“api, bhante, evarūpaṁ dārakaṁ passeyyāthā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Because they had not, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū ajānaṁyeva āhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">they said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na jānāmā”ti, apassaṁyeva āhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“No.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na passāmā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon afterwards those parents saw that their son had gone forth as a monk. They then complained and criticized the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṁ kammārabhaṇḍuṁ vicinantā bhikkhūsu pabbajitaṁ disvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics are shameless and immoral liars. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, dussīlā musāvādino. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They deny knowing what they know and having seen what they’ve seen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Jānaṁyeva āhaṁsu—‘na jānāmā’ti, passaṁyeva āhaṁsu—‘na passāmā’ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Our boy has gone forth as a monk.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayaṁ dārako bhikkhūsu pabbajito”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks heard the complaints of those parents. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitūnaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You should get permission from the Sangha to shave someone’s head.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghaṁ apaloketuṁ bhaṇḍukammāyā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">36. The boy Upāli </span><span class="pli-lang segment">36. Upālidārakavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_437</span>At that time in Rājagaha, there was a group of seventeen boys who were friends </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_437</span>Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe sattarasavaggiyā dārakā sahāyakā honti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and had Upāli as their leader. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upālidārako tesaṁ pāmokkho hoti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">On one occasion Upāli’s parents thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can we make sure that Upāli is able to live happily without exhausting himself after we’ve passed away? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kena nu kho upāyena upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He could become a clerk, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sace kho upāli lekhaṁ sikkheyya, evaṁ kho upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">but then his fingers will hurt. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sace kho upāli lekhaṁ sikkhissati, aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissanti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Or he could become an accountant, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace kho upāli gaṇanaṁ sikkheyya, evaṁ kho upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">but then his chest will hurt. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sace kho upāli gaṇanaṁ sikkhissati, urassa dukkho bhavissati. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Or he could become a banker, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace kho upāli rūpaṁ sikkheyya, evaṁ kho upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">but then his eyes will hurt. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sace kho upāli rūpaṁ sikkhissati, akkhīni dukkhā bhavissanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">These Sakyan monastics, however, have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If Upāli goes forth with them, he’ll be able to live happily without exhausting himself after we’ve passed away.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace kho upāli samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya, evaṁ kho upāli amhākaṁ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_438</span>Upāli overheard this conversation between his parents. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_438</span>Assosi kho upālidārako mātāpitūnaṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He then went to the other boys and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho upālidārako yena te dārakā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te dārake etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Come, let’s go forth with the Sakyan monastics.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“etha mayaṁ, ayyā, samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajissāmā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“If you go forth, so will we.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Sace kho tvaṁ, ayya, pabbajissasi, evaṁ mayampi pabbajissāmā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The boys went each to his own parents and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te dārakā ekamekassa mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Please allow me to go forth into homelessness.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“anujānātha maṁ agārasmā anāgāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Because the parents knew </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tesaṁ dārakānaṁ mātāpitaro—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">that all the boys had the same desire and good intentions, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sabbepime dārakā samānacchandā kalyāṇādhippāyā”ti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">they gave their approval. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">anujāniṁsu. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The boys then went to the monks and asked them for the going forth, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāciṁsu. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and the monks gave them the going forth and the full ordination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ upasampādesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon afterwards they got up early in the morning and cried, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya rodanti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Give us congee, give us a meal, give us fresh food!” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“yāguṁ detha, bhattaṁ detha, khādanīyaṁ dethā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Wait until it gets light. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“āgametha, āvuso, yāva ratti vibhāyati. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If any of that becomes available then, you can have it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace yāgu bhavissati pivissatha, sace bhattaṁ bhavissati bhuñjissatha, sace khādanīyaṁ bhavissati khādissatha; </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If not, you’ll eat after walking for alms.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">no ce bhavissati yāgu vā bhattaṁ vā khādanīyaṁ vā, piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjissathā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But they carried on as before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evampi kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā rodantiyeva “yāguṁ detha, bhattaṁ detha, khādanīyaṁ dethā”ti; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And they defecated and urinated on the furniture. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">senāsanaṁ uhadantipi ummihantipi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_439</span>After rising early in the morning, the Buddha heard the sound of those boys. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_439</span>Assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya dārakasaddaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He asked Venerable Ānanda, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sutvāna āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“kiṁ nu kho so, ānanda, dārakasaddo”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">who told him what was happening. Soon afterwards he had the Sangha gathered and questioned the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Is it true, monks, that the monks give the full ordination to people they know are less than twenty years old?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jānaṁ ūnavīsativassaṁ puggalaṁ upasampādentī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s true, Sir.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha rebuked them … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can those foolish men do this? </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā jānaṁ ūnavīsativassaṁ puggalaṁ upasampādessanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">A person who’s less than twenty years old is unable to endure cold and heat; hunger and thirst; horseflies, mosquitoes, wind, and the burning sun; creeping animals and insects; and rude and unwelcome speech. And they’re unable to bear up with bodily feelings that are painful, severe, sharp, and destructive of life. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Ūnavīsativasso, bhikkhave, puggalo akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">But a person who’s twenty is able to endure these things. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Vīsativassova kho, bhikkhave, puggalo khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ, uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This will affect people’s confidence …” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Netaṁ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After rebuking them … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">vigarahitvā …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to a person you know is less than twenty years old. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na, bhikkhave, jānaṁ ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you should be dealt with according to the rule.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">37. The deadly and contagious disease </span><span class="pli-lang segment">37. Ahivātakarogavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_440</span>At one time most of the members of a particular family had died from a deadly and contagious disease. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_440</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataraṁ kulaṁ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṁ hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Only a father and son were left. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tassa pitāputtakā sesā honti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After going forth as monks, they walked together for alms. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te bhikkhūsu pabbajitvā ekatova piṇḍāya caranti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, when the boy had handed over his almsfood to his father, he said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so dārako pituno bhikkhāya dinnāya upadhāvitvā etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Give to me too, daddy!” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mayhampi, tāta, dehi; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">mayhampi, tāta, dehī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics are not celibate. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“abrahmacārino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">This boy was born to a nun!” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayampi dārako bhikkhuniyā jāto”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks heard the complaints of those people </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and they told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a boy less than fifteen years old. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_441</span>At that time there was a family with faith and confidence that was supporting Venerable Ānanda. Then most of its members died from a deadly and contagious disease, and only two boys were left behind. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_441</span>Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa upaṭṭhākakulaṁ saddhaṁ pasannaṁ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṁ hoti, dve ca dārakā sesā honti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When they saw the monks, they ran up to them, as they had done before. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te porāṇakena āciṇṇakappena bhikkhū passitvā upadhāvanti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the monks dismissed them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū apasādenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">they cried. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te bhikkhūhi apasādiyamānā rodanti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Ānanda thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Buddha has laid down a rule </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">that a boy less than fifteen years old shouldn’t be given the going forth, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘na ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">which applies to these boys. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ime ca dārakā ūnapannarasavassā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">How then can I make sure that these boys don’t perish?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kena nu kho upāyena ime dārakā na vinasseyyun”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Are they able, Ānanda, to scare away crows?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ussahanti pana te, ānanda, dārakā kāke uḍḍāpetun”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Yes.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ussahanti, bhagavā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha then gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I allow you to give the going forth to a boy less than fifteen years old if he’s able to scare away crows.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavassaṁ dārakaṁ kākuḍḍepakaṁ pabbājetun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">38. Kaṇṭaka </span><span class="pli-lang segment">38. Kaṇṭakavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_442</span>At one time Venerable Upananda the Sakyan had two novice monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_442</span>Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa dve sāmaṇerā honti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Kaṇṭaka and Mahaka. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">kaṇṭako ca mahako ca. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They had sex with each other. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te aññamaññaṁ dūsesuṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks complained and criticized them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How could novice monks misbehave like this?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā evarūpaṁ anācāraṁ ācarissantī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“A single monk shouldn’t have two novice monks attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upaṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">39. The obscure </span><span class="pli-lang segment">39. Āhundarikavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_443</span>At one time the Buddha was staying right there at Rājagaha for the rainy season, for the cold season, and for the hot season. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_443</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tattheva rājagahe vassaṁ vasi, tattha hemantaṁ, tattha gimhaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The districts are left in darkness and obscurity by the Sakyan monastics. They don’t brighten them up by their presence.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“āhundarikā samaṇānaṁ sakyaputtiyānaṁ disā andhakārā, na imesaṁ disā pakkhāyantī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks heard the complaints of those people </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He said to Venerable Ānanda, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Take a key, Ānanda, and go around the yards, informing the monks that </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“gacchānanda, avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ ārocehi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the Buddha wishes to go wandering in the Southern Hills. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘icchatāvuso bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṁ cārikaṁ pakkamituṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Anyone is welcome to join him.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū’”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Saying, “Yes, Sir,” he did just that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ ārocesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“icchatāvuso, bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṁ cārikaṁ pakkamituṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Ānanda, the Buddha has laid down a rule that one must live with formal support for ten years and that one who has ten years seniority can give such support. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“bhagavatā, āvuso ānanda, paññattaṁ dasavassāni nissāya vatthuṁ, dasavassena nissayaṁ dātuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If we were to go, we would have to obtain support for a short time, and when we returned, we would have to obtain support once again. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tattha ca no gantabbaṁ bhavissati, nissayo ca gahetabbo bhavissati, ittaro ca vāso bhavissati, puna ca paccāgantabbaṁ bhavissati, puna ca nissayo gahetabbo bhavissati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So, if our preceptors and teachers go, we’ll go too. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace amhākaṁ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi gamissāma; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If they don’t, neither will we. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">no ce amhākaṁ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi na gamissāma. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">We don’t want the burden.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Lahucittakatā no, āvuso ānanda, paññāyissatī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">As a result, the Buddha went wandering in the Southern Hills with a small group of monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṁ cārikaṁ pakkāmi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">40. Discussion of release from formal support </span><span class="pli-lang segment">40. Nissayamuccanakakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_444</span>After staying in the Southern Hills for as long as he liked, the Buddha returned to Rājagaha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_444</span>Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā punadeva rājagahaṁ paccāgacchi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He then asked Ānanda, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Why was it so small, Ānanda, the group of monks that came wandering with me in the Southern Hills?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kiṁ nu kho, ānanda, tathāgato ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṁ cārikaṁ pakkanto”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Ānanda told him what had happened. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“A competent and capable monk should live with formal support for five years, but one who is incompetent should live with formal support for life. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena pañcavassāni nissāya vatthuṁ, abyattena yāvajīvaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="1">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_445</span>A monk who has five qualities should live with formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_445</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he doesn’t have the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="2">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_446</span>But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_446</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he has the virtue, stillness, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti asekkhena samādhikkhandhena. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">wisdom, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Asekkhena paññākkhandhena … </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">freedom, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena … </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="3">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_447</span>“A monk who has another five qualities should live with formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_447</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence, and is lazy and absentminded. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="4">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_448</span>But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_448</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he has faith, conscience, moral prudence, energy, and mindfulness. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="5">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_449</span>“A monk who has another five qualities should live with formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_449</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he has failed in the higher morality, in conduct, and in view; he’s ignorant and foolish. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="6">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_450</span>But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_450</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he hasn’t failed in the higher morality, in conduct, or in view; he’s learned and wise. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="7">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_451</span>“A monk who has another five qualities should live with formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_451</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">he doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; neither Monastic Code has been properly learned by him in detail, and he hasn’t analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="8">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_452</span>But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_452</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">he knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="9">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_453</span>“A monk who has another five qualities should live with formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_453</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; he has less than five years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ūnapañcavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="10">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_454</span>But a monk who has five qualities may live without formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_454</span>Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has five or more years of seniority.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_455</span>The section consisting of ten groups of five is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_455</span>Pañcakadasavāro niṭṭhito. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p data-counter="1">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_456</span>“A monk who has six qualities should live with formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_456</span>Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he doesn’t have the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, or knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and he has less than five years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="2">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_457</span>But a monk who has six qualities may live without formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_457</span>Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he has the virtue, stillness, wisdom, freedom, and knowledge and vision of freedom of one who is fully trained, and he has five or more years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, asekkhena paññākkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="3">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_458</span>“A monk who has another six qualities should live with formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_458</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he has no faith, conscience, or moral prudence; he is lazy and absentminded; and he has less than five years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="4">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_459</span>But a monk who has six qualities may live without formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_459</span>Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he has faith, conscience, moral prudence, energy, mindfulness, and five or more years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="5">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_460</span>“A monk who has another six qualities should live with formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_460</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he has failed in the higher morality, in conduct, and in view; he’s ignorant and foolish; he has less than five years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="6">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_461</span>But a monk who has six qualities may live without formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_461</span>Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he hasn’t failed in the higher morality, in conduct, or in view; he’s learned and wise; he has five or more years of seniority. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <hr />
            <p data-counter="7">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_462</span>“A monk who has another six qualities should live with formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_462</span>Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">he doesn’t know the offenses; he doesn’t know the non-offenses; he doesn’t know which offenses are light; he doesn’t know which offenses are heavy; neither Monastic Code has been properly learned by him in detail, and he has not analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, or investigated them well, either in terms of the rules or their detailed exposition; he has less than five years of seniority. </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Āpattiṁ na jānāti, anāpattiṁ na jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnapañcavasso hoti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="8">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_463</span>But a monk who has six qualities may live without formal support: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_463</span>Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">he knows the offenses; he knows the non-offenses; he knows which offenses are light; he knows which offenses are heavy; he has properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail, and he has analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition; he has five or more years of seniority.” </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabban”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_464</span>The eighth section for recitation on untouchables is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_464</span>Abhayūvarabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito aṭṭhamo. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">41. Rāhula </span><span class="pli-lang segment">41. Rāhulavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_465</span>After staying at Rājagaha for as long as he liked, the Buddha set out wandering toward Kapilavatthu in the Sakyan country. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_465</span>Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena kapilavatthu tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he eventually arrived, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena kapilavatthu tadavasari. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he stayed in the Banyan Tree Monastery. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">In the morning the Buddha robed up, took his bowl and robe, and went to Suddhodana the Sakyan’s house where he sat down on the prepared seat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena suddhodanassa sakkassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The queen, the mother of Rāhula, said to the boy, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho rāhulamātā devī rāhulaṁ kumāraṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“This is your father, Rāhula. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“eso te, rāhula, pitā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Go and ask for your inheritance.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Gacchassu, dāyajjaṁ yācāhī”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Rāhula went up to the Buddha, stood in front of him, and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho rāhulo kumāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato purato, aṭṭhāsi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Ascetic, your shadow is pleasant.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sukhā te, samaṇa, chāyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the Buddha got up from his seat and left, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Rāhula followed behind, saying </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho rāhulo kumāro bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Give me my inheritance! </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“dāyajjaṁ me, samaṇa, dehi; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Give me my inheritance!” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dāyajjaṁ me, samaṇa, dehī”ti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ āmantesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Well then, Sāriputta, give Rāhula the going forth.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“tena hi tvaṁ, sāriputta, rāhulaṁ kumāraṁ pabbājehī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But how, Sir?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Kathāhaṁ, bhante, rāhulaṁ kumāraṁ pabbājemī”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_466</span>The Buddha then gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_466</span>Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The going forth as a novice monk should be given through the taking of the three refuges. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjaṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">It should be done like this. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">First the candidate should shave off his hair and beard and put on ocher robes. He should then arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, pay respect at the feet of the monks, squat on his heels, and raise his joined palms. He should then be told to say this: </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">paṭhamaṁ kesamassuṁ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṁ paggaṇhāpetvā ‘evaṁ vadehī’ti vattabbo—</span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_467</span>‘I go for refuge to the Buddha, </span><span class="eng-lang">I go for refuge to the Teaching, </span><span class="eng-lang">I go for refuge to the Sangha. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:54.3.5">‘Buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:54.3.6">Dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:54.3.7">Saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_468</span>For the second time I go for refuge to the Buddha, </span><span class="eng-lang">For the second time I go for refuge to the Teaching, </span><span class="eng-lang">For the second time I go for refuge to the Sangha. </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:54.3.8">Dutiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:54.3.9">Dutiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:54.3.10">Dutiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p class="verse">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-verse segment"
                  ><span class="eng-lang"><span class="reference">ms3V_469</span>For the third time I go for refuge to the Buddha, </span><span class="eng-lang">For the third time I go for refuge to the Teaching, </span><span class="eng-lang">For the third time I go for refuge to the Sangha.’” </span></span
                ><span class="pli-verse segment"><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:54.3.11">Tatiyampi buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:54.3.12">Tatiyampi dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, </span><span class="pli-lang" id="pli-tv-kd1:54.3.13">Tatiyampi saṅghaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmī’ti. </span></span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_470</span>Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjan”ti. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And Sāriputta gave Rāhula the going forth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto rāhulaṁ kumāraṁ pabbājesi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_471</span>Soon afterwards Suddhodana went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_471</span>Atha kho suddhodano sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho suddhodano sakko bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Sir, I want to ask for a favor.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ekāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ varaṁ yācāmī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Buddhas don’t grant favors, Gotama.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Atikkantavarā kho, gotama, tathāgatā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s allowable and blameless.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Yañca, bhante, kappati, yañca anavajjan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Well then, say what it is.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Vadehi, gotamā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“When the Buddha went forth, it was very painful for me, and the same when Nanda went forth. With Rāhula, it’s even worse. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Bhagavati me, bhante, pabbajite anappakaṁ dukkhaṁ ahosi, tathā nande, adhimattaṁ rāhule. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Affection for a child cuts deep. It cuts through the outer and inner skin; it cuts through the flesh, the sinews, and the bones, and it reaches all the way to the bone-marrow. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Puttapemaṁ, bhante, chaviṁ chindati, chaviṁ chetvā cammaṁ chindati, cammaṁ chetvā maṁsaṁ chindati, maṁsaṁ chetvā nhāruṁ chindati, nhāruṁ chetvā aṭṭhiṁ chindati, aṭṭhiṁ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjaṁ āhacca tiṭṭhati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Please, may the venerables not give the going forth to a child without the parents’ permission.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sādhu, bhante, ayyā ananuññātaṁ mātāpitūhi puttaṁ na pabbājeyyun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The Buddha then instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā suddhodanaṁ sakkaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">after which Suddhodana got up from his seat, bowed down, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho suddhodano sakko bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the going forth to a child without the parents’ permission. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“na, bhikkhave, ananuññāto mātāpitūhi putto pabbājetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_472</span>After staying at Kapilavatthu for as long as he liked, the Buddha set out wandering toward Sāvatthī. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_472</span>Atha kho bhagavā kapilavatthusmiṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he eventually arrived, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">he stayed in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">At this time a family that was supporting Sāriputta sent him a boy with this message: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṁ āyasmato sāriputtassa santike dārakaṁ pāhesi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Please give the going forth to this boy.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“imaṁ dārakaṁ thero pabbājetū”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Sāriputta thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“The Buddha has laid down a rule </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">that a monk shouldn’t have two novices attend on him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">‘na ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā’ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I already have the novice Rāhula. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ayañca me rāhulo sāmaṇero. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So what should I do now?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I allow a competent and capable monk to have two novice monks attend on him, or however many he’s able to teach and instruct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena ekena dve sāmaṇere upaṭṭhāpetuṁ, yāvatake vā pana ussahati ovadituṁ anusāsituṁ tāvatake upaṭṭhāpetun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">42. Discussion of the training rules </span><span class="pli-lang segment">42. Sikkhāpadakathā </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_473</span>Soon afterwards the novices thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_473</span>Atha kho sāmaṇerānaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How many training rules do we have that we should train in?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kati nu kho amhākaṁ sikkhāpadāni, kattha ca amhehi sikkhitabban”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“There are ten training rules for the novice monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṁ dasa sikkhāpadāni, tesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhituṁ—</span></span>
            </p>
            <ol>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Abstention from killing living beings; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Abstention from stealing; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">adinnādānā veramaṇī, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Abstention from sexual activity; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">abrahmacariyā veramaṇī, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Abstention from lying; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">musāvādā veramaṇī, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Abstention from alcoholic drinks that cause heedlessness; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇī, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Abstention from eating at the wrong time; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">vikālabhojanā veramaṇī, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Abstention from dancing, singing, music, and seeing shows; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā veramaṇī, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Abstention from wearing garlands and using scents and cosmetics; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā veramaṇī, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Abstention from high and luxurious resting places; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">uccāsayanamahāsayanā veramaṇī, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Abstention from receiving gold, silver, or money.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā veramaṇī. </span></span>
              </li>
            </ol>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṁ imāni dasa sikkhāpadāni, imesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhitun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">43. Penalties </span><span class="pli-lang segment">43. Daṇḍakammavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_474</span>Soon the novice monks were being disrespectful, undeferential, and rude toward the monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_474</span>Tena kho pana samayena sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks complained and criticized them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can the novices behave like this?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharissantī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I allow you to penalize a novice monk who has five qualities: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṁ kātuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <ol>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He’s trying to stop monks from getting material support; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhūnaṁ alābhāya parisakkati, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He’s trying to harm monks; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhikkhūnaṁ anatthāya parisakkati, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He’s trying to make monks lose their place of residence; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhikkhūnaṁ avāsāya parisakkati, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He abuses and reviles monks; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He causes division between monks.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti—</span></span>
              </li>
            </ol>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṁ kātun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_475</span>The monks didn’t know </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_475</span>Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">which penalty to impose. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kiṁ nu kho daṇḍakammaṁ kātabban”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I allow you to place restrictions on the novice monks.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṁ kātun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_476</span>The monks restricted the novices from the whole monastery. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_476</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṁ sabbaṁ saṅghārāmaṁ āvaraṇaṁ karonti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Because they were unable to enter the monastery, the novices left, disrobed, and joined the monastics of other religions. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāmaṇerā ārāmaṁ pavisituṁ alabhamānā pakkamantipi, vibbhamantipi, titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t restrict anyone from a whole monastery. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, sabbo saṅghārāmo āvaraṇaṁ kātabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">I allow you to make restrictions for the place you’re staying and its access areas.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yattha vā vasati, yattha vā paṭikkamati, tattha āvaraṇaṁ kātun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_477</span>The monks placed restrictions on the novices’ food. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_477</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṁ mukhadvārikaṁ āhāraṁ āvaraṇaṁ karonti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People making congee and meals for the Sangha said to the novices, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā yāgupānampi saṅghabhattampi karontā sāmaṇere evaṁ vadenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Come, Venerables, and drink congee. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“etha, bhante, yāguṁ pivatha; </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Come and eat a meal.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">etha, bhante, bhattaṁ bhuñjathā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The novices replied, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāmaṇerā evaṁ vadenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“We can’t. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“nāvuso, labbhā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks have placed a restriction on us.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṁ katan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized them, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can the venerables restrict the novices’ food?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma bhadantā sāmaṇerānaṁ mukhadvārikaṁ āhāraṁ āvaraṇaṁ karissantī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t place restrictions on food. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, mukhadvāriko āhāro āvaraṇaṁ kātabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="end">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_478</span>The account of penalties is finished. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_478</span>Daṇḍakammavatthu niṭṭhitaṁ. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">44. Prohibiting without asking permission </span><span class="pli-lang segment">44. Anāpucchāvaraṇavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_479</span>On one occasion the monks from the group of six placed restrictions on novices without asking their preceptors for permission. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_479</span>Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upajjhāye anāpucchā sāmaṇerānaṁ āvaraṇaṁ karonti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The preceptors </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upajjhāyā gavesanti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">could not find their novices. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathaṁ nu kho amhākaṁ sāmaṇerā na dissantī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When other monks </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">told them what had happened, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“chabbaggiyehi, āvuso, bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṁ katan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the preceptors complained and criticized those monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upajjhāyā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How could the monks from the group of six place restrictions on our novices without asking us for permission?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhe anāpucchā amhākaṁ sāmaṇerānaṁ āvaraṇaṁ karissantī”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t place a restriction without asking permission from the preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, upajjhāye anāpucchā āvaraṇaṁ kātabbaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">45. Luring away </span><span class="pli-lang segment">45. Apalāḷanavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_480</span>At one time the monks from the group of six were luring away the novices of the senior monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_480</span>Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ sāmaṇere apalāḷenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The senior monks had to get their own tooth cleaners and water for rinsing the mouth. As a result, they became tired. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Therā sāmaṁ dantakaṭṭhampi mukhodakampi gaṇhantā kilamanti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t lure away another’s followers. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, aññassa parisā apalāḷetabbā. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo apalāḷeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">46. The novice Kaṇṭaka </span><span class="pli-lang segment">46. Kaṇṭakasāmaṇeravatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_481</span>At one time Venerable Upananda the Sakyan had a novice monk called Kaṇṭaka who raped a nun called Kaṇṭakī. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_481</span>Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa kaṇṭako nāma sāmaṇero kaṇṭakiṁ nāma bhikkhuniṁ dūsesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks complained and criticized him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How could a novice monk misbehave in this way?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kathañhi nāma sāmaṇero evarūpaṁ anācāraṁ ācarissatī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I allow you to expel a novice monk who has ten qualities: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ sāmaṇeraṁ nāsetuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <ol>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He kills living beings; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Pāṇātipātī hoti, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He steals; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">adinnādāyī hoti, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He’s not celibate; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">abrahmacārī hoti, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He lies; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">musāvādī hoti, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He drinks alcoholic drinks; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">majjapāyī hoti, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He disparages the Buddha; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">buddhassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He disparages the Teaching; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">dhammassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He disparages the Sangha; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">saṅghassa avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He has wrong view; </span><span class="pli-lang segment">micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, </span></span>
              </li>
              <li class="rule">
                <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He has raped a nun.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhikkhunidūsako hoti—</span></span>
              </li>
            </ol>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṁ sāmaṇeraṁ nāsetun”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">47. <i translate="no" lang="pi">Paṇḍakas</i> </span><span class="pli-lang segment">47. Paṇḍakavatthu </span></span
              >
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_482</span>At one time a certain <i translate="no" lang="pi">paṇḍaka</i> had gone forth as a monk. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_482</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro paṇḍako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He went to the young monks and said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So dahare dahare bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Come, Venerables, have sex with me.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“etha, maṁ āyasmanto dūsethā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks dismissed him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū apasādenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">“Go away, <i translate="no" lang="pi">paṇḍaka</i>. We don’t want you.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho”ti. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He went to the big and fat novices, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So bhikkhūhi apasādito mahante mahante moḷigalle sāmaṇere upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">said the same thing, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“etha, maṁ āvuso dūsethā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāmaṇerā apasādenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and got the same response. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He then went to the elephant keepers and the horse keepers </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So sāmaṇerehi apasādito hatthibhaṇḍe assabhaṇḍe upasaṅkamitvā evaṁ vadeti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and once again said the same thing. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“etha, maṁ āvuso dūsethā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And they had sex with him. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Hatthibhaṇḍā assabhaṇḍā dūsesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They complained and criticized him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics are <i translate="no" lang="pi">paṇḍakas</i>. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“paṇḍakā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And those who are not have sex with them. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yepi imesaṁ na paṇḍakā, tepi ime paṇḍake dūsenti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">None of them is celibate.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Evaṁ ime sabbeva abrahmacārino”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="1">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks heard their complaints. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ hatthibhaṇḍānaṁ assabhaṇḍānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">“A <i translate="no" lang="pi">paṇḍaka</i> shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, they should be expelled.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Paṇḍako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">48. Fake monks </span><span class="pli-lang segment">48. Theyyasaṁvāsakavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_483</span>At one time there was a gentleman who had been brought up in comfort, but whose entire family had died. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_483</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sukhumālo hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“I’ve been brought up in comfort and I’m incapable of making money. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ahaṁ kho sukhumālo, na paṭibalo anadhigataṁ vā bhogaṁ adhigantuṁ, adhigataṁ vā bhogaṁ phātiṁ kātuṁ. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">How can I live happily without exhausting myself?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Kena nu kho ahaṁ upāyena sukhañca jīveyyaṁ, na ca kilameyyan”ti? </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">It occurred to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics have pleasant habits and a happy life. They eat nice food and sleep in beds sheltered from the wind. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Why don’t I just get myself a bowl and robes, shave off my hair and beard, put on ocher robes, and then go to the monastery and live with the monks?” And he did just that. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yannūnāhaṁ sāmaṁ pattacīvaraṁ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvaseyyan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he came to the monastery, he bowed down to the monks. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sāmaṁ pattacīvaraṁ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhū abhivādeti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks asked him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How many rains do you have?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kativassosi tvaṁ, āvuso”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“What does ‘How many rains’ mean?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Kiṁ etaṁ, āvuso, kativasso nāmā”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Who’s your preceptor?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ko pana te, āvuso, upajjhāyo”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“What’s a preceptor?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Kiṁ etaṁ, āvuso, upajjhāyo nāmā”ti? </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks said to Venerable Upāli, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ upāliṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Upāli, please examine this person.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṁ pabbajitaṁ anuyuñjāhī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="2">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He then told Upāli what had happened. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṁ ārocesi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Upāli told the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">who in turn told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“A fake monk shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, they should be expelled. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Theyyasaṁvāsako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule" data-counter="3">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Anyone who has previously left to join the monastics of another religion shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, they should be expelled.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Titthiyapakkantako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">49. Animals </span><span class="pli-lang segment">49. Tiracchānagatavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_484</span>At one time there was a dragon who was troubled, ashamed, and disgusted with his existence as a dragon. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_484</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro nāgo nāgayoniyā aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can I get released from this existence and quickly become human?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kena nu kho ahaṁ upāyena nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṁ khippañca manussattaṁ paṭilabheyyan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">It occurred to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They’re celibate and their conduct is good, and they’re truthful, moral, and have a good character. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If I were to go forth with them, I would be released from this existence as a dragon and quickly become human.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace kho ahaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṁ, evāhaṁ nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṁ, khippañca manussattaṁ paṭilabheyyan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, taking on the appearance of a young brahmin, that dragon went to the monks and asked for the going forth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks gave him the going forth and the full ordination. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Taṁ bhikkhū pabbājesuṁ, upasampādesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Soon afterwards that dragon was sharing a remote dwelling with a certain monk. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tena kho pana samayena so nāgo aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṁ paccantime vihāre paṭivasati. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">After getting up early one morning, that monk did walking meditation outside. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When the monk had left, the dragon relaxed and fell asleep. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so nāgo tassa bhikkhuno nikkhante vissaṭṭho niddaṁ okkami. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">As a result, the serpent filled the whole dwelling, its coils even protruding from the windows. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā honti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Just then that monk decided to go back inside. When he opened the door, he saw the serpent filling the whole dwelling. Terrified, he screamed. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so bhikkhu vihāraṁ pavisissāmīti kavāṭaṁ paṇāmento addasa sabbaṁ vihāraṁ ahinā puṇṇaṁ, vātapānehi bhoge nikkhante, disvāna bhīto vissaramakāsi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Monks came running to and asked him why he was screaming. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū upadhāvitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">“kissa tvaṁ, āvuso, vissaramakāsī”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And he told them what had seen. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ayaṁ, āvuso, sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The dragon woke up from the noise and sat down on his seat. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so nāgo tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā sake āsane nisīdi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks asked him </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">who he was. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kosi tvaṁ, āvuso”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He replied, “I’m a dragon.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ahaṁ, bhante, nāgo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Why did you do this?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Kissa pana tvaṁ, āvuso, evarūpaṁ akāsī”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And the dragon told them what had happened. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so nāgo bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_485</span>He then had the Sangha of monks gathered and said to the dragon, </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_485</span>Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṁ sannipātāpetvā taṁ nāgaṁ etadavoca—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Dragons are unable to make progress on this spiritual path. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“tumhe khottha nāgā aviruḷhidhammā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Go, dragon, and keep the observance days of the fourteenth, the fifteenth, and the eighth of the lunar half-month. In this way you’ll be released from existence as a dragon and quickly become human.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Gaccha tvaṁ, nāga, tattheva cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa uposathaṁ upavasa, evaṁ tvaṁ nāgayoniyā ca parimuccissasi, khippañca manussattaṁ paṭilabhissasī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he heard this, the dragon wept. Sad and miserable he cried out in distress and left. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so nāgo aviruḷhidhammo kirāhaṁ imasmiṁ dhammavinayeti dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno vissaraṁ katvā pakkāmi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">And the Buddha addressed the monks: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—</span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="4">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“There are two occasions when dragons appear in their own form: </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">when they have sexual intercourse with each other, and when they relax and fall asleep. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yadā ca sajātiyā methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevati, yadā ca vissaṭṭho niddaṁ okkamati—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="pli-lang segment">ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Monks, an animal shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, it should be expelled.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Tiracchānagato, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">50. Matricides </span><span class="pli-lang segment">50. Mātughātakavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_486</span>At one time there was a young brahmin who had murdered his mother. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_486</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako mātaraṁ jīvitā voropesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He was troubled, ashamed, and disgusted by what he had done, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and he thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can I escape from this terrible action?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kena nu kho ahaṁ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">It occurred to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They’re celibate and their conduct is good, and they’re truthful, moral, and have a good character. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If I were to go forth with them, I might be released from this deed.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sace kho ahaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṁ, evāhaṁ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He then went to the monks and asked for the going forth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks said to Upāli, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ upāliṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Previously a dragon appearing as a young brahmin asked for the going forth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So, please examine this young brahmin, Upāli.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṁ māṇavakaṁ anuyuñjāhī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="5">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That young brahmin told Upāli what had happened. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṁ ārocesi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Upāli told the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">who in turn told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe… </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“A matricide shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“mātughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">51. Patricides </span><span class="pli-lang segment">51. Pitughātakavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_487</span>At one time there was a young brahmin who had murdered his father. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_487</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako pitaraṁ jīvitā voropesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He was troubled, ashamed, and disgusted by what he had done, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and he thought, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“How can I escape from this terrible action?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kena nu kho ahaṁ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">It occurred to him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">“These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They’re celibate and their conduct is good, and they’re truthful, moral, and have a good character. If I were to go forth with them, I might be released from this bad action.” </span
                ><span class="pli-lang segment">“ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā, sace kho ahaṁ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṁ, evāhaṁ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṁ kareyyan”ti. </span></span
              >
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He then went to the monks and asked for the going forth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks said to Upāli, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ upāliṁ etadavocuṁ—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Previously a dragon appearing as a young brahmin asked for the going forth. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">So, please examine this young brahmin, Upāli.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Iṅghāvuso, upāli, imaṁ māṇavakaṁ anuyuñjāhī”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="6">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">That young brahmin told Upāli what had happened. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṁ ārocesi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Upāli told the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">who in turn told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“A patricide shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Pitughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">52. Murderers of perfected ones </span><span class="pli-lang segment">52. Arahantaghātakavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_488</span>On one occasion a number of monks were traveling from Sāketa to Sāvatthī. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_488</span>Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū sāketā sāvatthiṁ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While on their way, they were attacked by gangsters. Some of the monks were robbed and some were killed. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekacce bhikkhū acchindiṁsu, ekacce bhikkhū haniṁsu. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The king’s men came out from Sāvatthī. They caught some of the bandits, while others escaped. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṁ, ekacce corā palāyiṁsu. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Those who escaped went forth with the monks, but those who were caught were taken away for execution. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ye te palāyiṁsu te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṁsu, ye te gahitā te vadhāya oniyyanti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Those who had gone forth saw the other being taken away for execution. They said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasaṁsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s good that we escaped. Had we been caught, we would’ve been executed, too.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sādhu kho mayaṁ palāyimhā, sacā ca mayaṁ gayheyyāma, mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks asked, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But what have you done?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā”ti? </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the monks what had happened, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">and the monks told the Buddha. He said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="7">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“Those monks were perfected ones. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Arahanto ete, bhikkhave, bhikkhū. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">A murderer of a perfected one shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Arahantaghātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">53. Rapists of nuns </span><span class="pli-lang segment">53. Bhikkhunidūsakavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_489</span>On one occasion a number of nuns were traveling from Sāketa to Sāvatthī. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_489</span>Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo sāketā sāvatthiṁ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">While on their way, they were attacked by gangsters. Some of the nuns were robbed and some were raped. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekaccā bhikkhuniyo acchindiṁsu, ekaccā bhikkhuniyo dūsesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The king’s men came out from Sāvatthī. They caught some of the bandits, while others escaped. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṁ, ekacce corā palāyiṁsu. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Those who escaped went forth with the monks, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ye te palāyiṁsu, te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṁsu. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">but those who were caught were taken away for execution. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Ye te gahitā, te vadhāya oniyyanti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Those who had gone forth saw the other being taken away for execution. They said, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Addasaṁsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“It’s good that we escaped. Had we been caught, we would’ve been executed, too.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“sādhu kho mayaṁ palāyimhā, sacā ca mayaṁ gayheyyāma, mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p data-counter="8">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">The monks asked, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“But what have you done?” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“kiṁ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the monks what had happened, and </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">the monks told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“One who has raped a nun shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Bhikkhunidūsako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule" data-counter="9">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">One who has caused a schism in the Sangha shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Saṅghabhedako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule" data-counter="10">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">One who has caused the Buddha to bleed shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Lohituppādako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">54. Hermaphrodites </span><span class="pli-lang segment">54. Ubhatobyañjanakavatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p data-counter="11">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_490</span>At one time a hermaphrodite had gone forth as a monk. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_490</span>Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ubhatobyañjanako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He had sex and made others have it. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">So karotipi kārāpetipi. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“A hermaphrodite shouldn’t be given the full ordination. If it has been given, he should be expelled.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Ubhatobyañjanako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">55. Those without a preceptor, etc. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">55. Anupajjhāyakādivatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_491</span>On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone without a preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_491</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakaṁ upasampādenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule" data-counter="12">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone without a preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, anupajjhāyako upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_492</span>On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with the Sangha as preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_492</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule" data-counter="13">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination with the Sangha as preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_493</span>On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with a group as preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_493</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule" data-counter="14">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination with a group as preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_494</span>On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination with a <i translate="no" lang="pi">paṇḍaka</i> as preceptor … </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_494</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with a fake monk as preceptor … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">theyyasaṁvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with one who has previously left to join the monastics of another religion as preceptor … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with an animal as preceptor … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with a matricide as preceptor … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with a patricide as preceptor … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with a murderer of a perfected one as preceptor … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with one who had raped a nun as preceptor … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with one who had caused a schism in the Sangha as preceptor … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with one who had caused the Buddha to bleed as preceptor … </span><span class="pli-lang segment">lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with a hermaphrodite as preceptor. They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādenti bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule" data-counter="15">
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination with a <i translate="no" lang="pi">paṇḍaka</i> as preceptor, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with a fake monk as preceptor, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na, bhikkhave, theyyasaṁvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with one who has previously left to join the monastics of another religion as preceptor, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na, bhikkhave, titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with an animal as preceptor, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with a matricide as preceptor, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na, bhikkhave, mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with a patricide as preceptor, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na, bhikkhave, pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with a murderer of a perfected one as preceptor, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na, bhikkhave, arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with one who has raped a nun as preceptor, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na, bhikkhave, bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with one who has caused a schism in the Sangha as preceptor, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na, bhikkhave, saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">with one who has caused the Buddha to bleed as preceptor, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na, bhikkhave, lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">or with a hermaphrodite as preceptor. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">na, bhikkhave, ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <h2>
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">56. Those without an almsbowl, etc. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">56. Apattakādivatthu </span></span>
            </h2>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_495</span>On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone without an almsbowl. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_495</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattakaṁ upasampādenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When walking for alms, he received it in his hands. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule" data-counter="16">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone without an almsbowl. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, apattako upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_496</span>On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone without robes. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_496</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū acīvarakaṁ upasampādenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He walked naked for alms. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Naggā piṇḍāya caranti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule" data-counter="17">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone without robes. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, acīvarako upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_497</span>On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with neither almsbowl nor robes. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_497</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattacīvarakaṁ upasampādenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He walked naked for alms and received it in his hands. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule" data-counter="18">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone with neither almsbowl nor robes. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, apattacīvarako upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_498</span>On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with a borrowed almsbowl. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_498</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattena upasampādenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he had been ordained, they took back the bowl. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upasampanne pattaṁ paṭiharanti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">Then, when walking for alms, he received it in his hands. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule" data-counter="19">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone with a borrowed almsbowl. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattena upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>
              <span class="segment-pair"
                ><span class="eng-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_499</span>On one occasion the monks gave the full ordination to someone with borrowed robes. </span><span class="pli-lang segment"><span class="reference">ms3V_499</span>Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena cīvarena upasampādenti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">When he had been ordained, they took back the robes. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Upasampanne cīvaraṁ paṭiharanti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">He then walked naked for alms. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Naggā piṇḍāya caranti. </span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">People complained and criticized him, </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—</span></span
              ><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“He’s just like the monastics of other religions.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">They told the Buddha. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p class="rule" data-counter="20">
              <span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">“You shouldn’t give the full ordination to someone with borrowed robes. </span><span class="pli-lang segment">“Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena cīvarena upasampādetabbo. </span></span><span class="segment-pair"><span class="eng-lang segment">If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.” </span><span class="pli-lang segment">Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti. </span></span>
            </p>
            <p>